Wiring Duct is the premium wire management solution for routing and ... An
alternative to traditional Noryl* ducts, Type NNC is halogen free, has a preferred.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
WIRING DUCT From the smallest wall mounted panels to the largest integrated turnkey systems PANDUIT ® PANDUCT ® Wiring Duct is the premium wire management solution for routing and concealing wiring in electrical control panels. PANDUCT ® Wiring Ducts provide solutions for the Original Equipment Manufacturing, Transportation, Contract Manufacturing, Maintenance & Repair and Communications markets. All PANDUCT ® Wiring Ducts are UL Recognized and CSA Certified and most carry the CE mark.
Some of the features and benefits found in PANDUCT ® Wiring Duct include:
B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
• Smooth corners and edges that will not abrade wiring or irritate hands
C1.Wiring Duct
• Integrated nonskid liners and unique cover designs insure the duct cover will not slide once installed or during vibration
C2. Surface Raceway
• Specially formulated lead-free PVC material meets the NFPA79: 2002 flame retardancy requirements and carries a UL94V-0 flammability rating • Scorelines for easy removal of duct fingers and sidewalls • Accessories and tools that increase productivity and lower the installed cost PANDUIT continues to develop new PANDUCT ® Wiring Duct solutions to satisfy the challenges facing our customers worldwide. Now with additional sizes, Type H features a PANDUIT exclusive dual-sided hinging cover providing more convenient channel access and preventing lost covers for superior aesthetics. An alternative to traditional Noryl* ducts, Type NNC is halogen free, has a preferred UL94V-0 flammability rating and a UL continuous use temperature of up to 203°F (95°C).Type TMC Low Smoke and Low Toxicity Metric Wiring Duct is a narrow finger style that meets the flame,smoke and toxicity regulatory requirements for Mass Transit Rail applications.
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
*NORYL is a registered trademark of General Electric Company.
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C1.1
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
Wiring Duct for Control Panel Applications B1.Cable Ties
2 B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
4 C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
1
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
A
5
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
A E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C1.2
For information on FL Wiring Duct and other PANDUCT ® Accessories (pages C1.24-C1.31)
3
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
Wiring Duct for Control Panel Applications (continued) B1.Cable Ties
PANDUCT Type H Hinged Cover Wiring Duct (pages C1.4 – C1.5) ®
1
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
2
PANDUCT ® Type F Narrow Slot Wiring Duct (pages C1.8 – C1.9)
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
3
PANDUCT ® Type G Wide Slot Wiring Duct (pages C1.6 – C1.7) D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
4
E1. Labeling System
PANDUCT ® Type MC Metric Wiring Duct (pages C1.12 – C1.13)
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
5
PANDUCT ® Type D Flush Cover Round Hole Wiring Duct (pages C1.10 – C1.11)
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C1.3
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
Features and Benefits – PANDUCT ® Type H – Hinged Cover Wiring Duct Available in eight sizes from 1.5" x 2" up to 4" x 4" in Light Gray, Black and White colors. B1.Cable Ties
Dual-sided hinge cover opens up to 100° from either sidewall of duct for up to 20% faster wiring changes
B2. Cable Accessories
Cover removal rib eases cover opening for quick channel access during wiring changes
Cover retention flange enables simple “push-on” installation saving time and hassle
B3. Stainless Steel
Robust channel profile withstands a side impact force up to two times greater than conventional wiring duct
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
Upper and lower scoreline allows easy fingers and sidewall section removal saving installation time
Save Time and Material Replacement Costs
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
Conventional Method ■
With Hinged Cover Wiring Duct
By avoiding the time and hassle in removing and replacing covers, simple wiring changes can be made up to 20% faster compared to conventional wiring duct installations*
E2. Labels
Avoid Cover Replacement Costs E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
■
Covers represent 20% of the cost of the wiring duct purchase
■
Misplaced covers are a common occurrence after years of use
■
Not needing to remove covers during maintenance ensures better aesthetics and safety and avoids the cost to replace lost covers.
% of Wiring Duct Cost
Base
0%
20%
40%
Cover
60%
80%
100%
F. Index *Based on mock panel installations of Type H Hinged Cover Wiring Duct and other commonly available wiring ducts adding a single component with four wires.
C1.4
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PANDUCT ® Type H – Hinged Cover Wiring Duct • Conforms with NFPA 79-2002 section 14.3.1 requirement for flame retardant material • Provided with mounting holes
• Material: Lead-free PVC • UL Recognized continuous use temperature: 122°F (50°C) • UL94 Flammability Rating of V-0
Base Part Number H1.5X2LG6 H1.5X3LG6 H2X2LG6 H2X3LG6 H2X4LG6 H3X3LG6 H3X4LG6 H4X4LG6
H
Duct Size W x H In. mm 1.75 x 1.98 44.5 x 50.3 1.75 x 3.06 44.5 x 77.7 2.17 x 1.98 55.1 x 50.3 2.17 x 3.06 55.1 x 77.7 2.17 X 4.10 55.1 X 104.1 3.25 x 3.06 82.6 x 77.7 3.25 x 4.10 82.6 x 104.1 4.25 x 4.10 108.0 x 104.1
Slot Width In. mm .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9
Cover Part Number HC1.5LG6 HC1.5LG6 HC2LG6 HC2LG6 HC2LG6 HC3LG6 HC3LG6 HC4LG6
Base & Cover Length (ft) 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Std. Pkg. Qty 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Std. Ctn. Qty. 120 120 120 60 60 60 60 60
B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
W
PANDUCT ® Type HS – Hinged Cover Solid Wall Raceway • Material: Lead-free PVC • UL Recognized continuous use temperature: 122°F (50°C)
Base Part Number HS1.5X2LG6NM HS1.5X3LG6NM HS2X2LG6NM HS2X3LG6NM HS2X4LG6NM HS3X3LG6NM HS3X4LG6NM HS4X4LG6NM
C3. Abrasion Protection
• UL94 Flammability Rating of V-0 • Supplied without mounting holes
Duct Size In. 1.75 x 1.98 1.75 x 3.06 2.17 x 1.98 2.17 x 3.06 2.17 x 4.10 3.25 x 3.06 3.25 x 4.10 4.25 x 4.10
(W x H) mm 44.5 x 50.3 44.5 x 77.7 55.1 x 50.3 55.1 x 77.7 55.1 x 104.1 82.6 x 77.7 82.6 x 104.1 108.0 x 104.1
Cover Part Number HC1.5LG6 HC1.5LG6 HC2LG6 HC2LG6 HC2LG6 HC3LG6 HC3LG6 HC4LG6
Base & Cover Length (ft) 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Std. Pkg. Qty. 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Std. Ctn. Qty. 120 60 120 60 60 60 60 60
Part Number shown for LG (Light Gray). For BL (Black) and WH (White) colors see Color Selection Guide, page C1.43. Base and cover sold separately.
Ease of Installation and Access
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
Push-On Cover/Dual Sided Hinging Cover ■
■
Cover retention flanges guide duct fingers into cover for simple push-on cover installation
E2. Labels
Cover can hinge open to 100° from either sidewall to allow full channel access
Robust Profile with Superior Cover Performance ■
Covers fully engages fingers limiting sidewall flex for greater rigidity and durability*
■
Cover retention strength in vertical applications is up to 2 times greater than conventional wiring ducts**
■
Up to 2 times the side impact force is required to disengage the cover compared to conventional wiring ducts**
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index **Based on test and measurements comparing Type H Hinged Cover Wiring Duct and other commonly available wiring ducts. For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C1.5
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
Features and Benefits – PANDUCT ® Type G – Wide Slot Wiring Duct Available in 36 sizes from .5" x .5" up to 6" x 4" in a variety of colors. B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
Exclusive PANDUIT smooth rounded edges prevents wiring abrasion
Non-slip cover liner prevents cover slide
Flush cover design provides a neat and finished appearance
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
Wide finger/slot design provides greater rigidity and allows use with a wide range of wire and bundle sizes
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
Specially formulated lead-free PVC material Upper and lower scorelines allows easy fingers and sidewall section removal saving installation time
Restricted slot design retains wires, eliminating hassle and saving time
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
PANDUCT ® Wire Retainers for Type G Wiring Duct Contain wiring when duct cover is opened. Wire retainers snap easily between duct fingers. See page C1.26.
PANDUCT ® Divider Wall Create separate wiring channels within the wiring duct base. Available in solid or slotted wall styles. See page C1.24.
PANDUCT ® Installation Tools Wide selection of hand tools for cutting and installing wiring duct. See page C1.31.
PANDUCT ® Nylon Rivets Fast, lowest cost mounting method. See page C1.31.
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C1.6
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PANDUCT ® Type G – Wide Slot Wiring Duct • Wide slot/finger design provides greater sidewall rigidity and can be used with a wide range of wire bundle sizes • Material: Lead-free PVC • UL Recognized continuous use temperature: 122°F (50°C) • UL94 Flammability Rating of V-0
Base Part Number G.5X.5LG6 G.5X1LG6 G.5X2LG6 G.5X4LG6 G.75X.75LG6 G.75X1LG6 G.75X1.5LG6 W
G.75X2LG6 G1X1LG6 G1X1.5LG6
H
G1X2LG6 G1X3LG6 G1X4LG6 G1.5X1LG6 G1.5X1.5LG6 G1.5X2LG6 G1.5X3LG6 G1.5X4LG6 G2X1LG6 G2X1.5LG6 G2X2LG6 G2X3LG6 G2X4LG6 G2X5LG6 G2.5X3LG6 G3X1LG6 G3X2LG6 G3X3LG6 G3X4LG6 G3X5LG6 G4X1.5LG6 G4X2LG6 G4X3LG6 G4X4LG6 G4X5LG6 G6X4LG6
• Conforms with NFPA 79-2002 section 14.3.1 requirement for flame B1.Cable Ties retardant material • Provided with mounting holes
B2. Cable Accessories
Duct Size (W x H) In. mm .69 x .60 17.5 x 15.2 .69 x 1.06 17.5 x 26.9 .69 x 2.03 17.5 x 51.6 .69 x 4.10 17.5 x 104.1 .93 x .82 23.6 x 20.8 .93 x 1.06 23.6 x 26.9 .93 x 1.57 23.6 x 39.9 .93 x 2.03 23.6 x 51.6 1.26 x 1.12 32.0 x 28.4 1.26 x 1.62 32.0 x 41.1 1.26 x 2.12 32.0 x 53.8 1.26 x 3.12 32.0 x 79.2 1.26 x 4.10 32.0 x 104.1 1.75 x 1.12 44.5 x 28.4 1.75 x 1.62 44.5 x 41.1 1.75 x 2.12 44.5 x 53.8 1.75 x 3.12 44.5 x 79.2 1.75 x 4.10 44.5 x 104.1 2.25 x 1.12 57.2 x 28.4 2.25 x 1.62 57.2 x 41.1 2.25 x 2.12 57.2 x 53.8 2.25 x 3.12 57.2 x 79.2 2.25 x 4.10 57.2 x 104.1 2.25 x 5.10 57.2 x 129.5 2.75 x 3.12 69.9 x 79.2 3.25 x 1.12 82.6 x 28.4 3.25 x 2.12 82.6 x 53.8 3.25 x 3.12 82.6 x 79.2 3.25 x 4.10 82.6 x 104.1 3.25 x 5.10 82.6 x 129.5 4.25 x 1.62 108.0 x 41.1 4.25 x 2.12 108.0 x 53.8 4.25 x 3.12 108.0 x 79.2 4.25 x 4.10 108.0 x 104.1 4.25 x 5.10 108.0 x 129.5 6.25 x 4.15 158.8 x 105.4
Slot Width In. mm .38 9.7 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .38 9.7 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .38 9.7 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .38 9.7 .31 7.9
Base & Cover Std. Std. Cover Part Length Pkg. Ctn. Number (ft) Qty. Qty. C.5LG6 6 6 120 C.5LG6 6 6 120 C.5LG6 6 6 120 C.5LG6 6 6 60 C.75LG6 6 6 120 C.75LG6 6 6 120 C.75LG6 6 6 120 C.75LG6 6 6 120 C1LG6 6 6 120 C1LG6 6 6 120 C1LG6 6 6 120 C1LG6 6 6 120 C1LG6 6 6 60 C1.5LG6 6 6 120 C1.5LG6 6 6 120 C1.5LG6 6 6 120 C1.5LG6 6 6 120 C1.5LG6 6 6 60 C2LG6 6 6 120 C2LG6 6 6 120 C2LG6 6 6 120 C2LG6 6 6 60 C2LG6 6 6 60 C2LG6 6 6 60 C2.5LG6 6 6 120 C3LG6 6 6 120 C3LG6 6 6 120 C3LG6 6 6 60 C3LG6 6 6 60 C3LG6 6 6 60 C4LG6 6 6 120 C4LG6 6 6 60 C4LG6 6 6 60 C4LG6 6 6 60 C4LG6 6 6 60 C6LG6 6 6 60
Part Number shown for LG (Light Gray). For other color availability see Color Selection Guide, page C1.43. Base and cover sold separately.
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C1.7
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
Features and Benefits – PANDUCT ® Type F – Narrow Slot Wiring Duct Available in 29 sizes from .5" x .5" up to 4" x 5" in a variety of colors. B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
Double restricted slot design retains wires, eliminating hassle and saving time
Non-slip cover liner prevents cover slide
Exclusive PANDUIT smooth rounded edges prevents wiring abrasion
C1.Wiring Duct
Flush cover design provides a neat appearance
C2. Surface Raceway
Narrow finger/slot design closely matches the spacing of high-density components C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
Specially formulated lead-free PVC material Upper and lower scorelines allows easy fingers and sidewall section removal saving installation time
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
PANDUCT ® Wire Retainers for Type F Wiring Duct Contain wiring when duct cover is opened. Wire retainers snap easily between duct fingers. See page C1.27.
PANDUCT ® Divider Wall Create separate wiring channels within the wiring duct base. Available in solid or slotted wall styles. See page C1.24.
PANDUCT ® Installation Tools Wide selection of hand tools for cutting and installing wiring duct. See page C1.31.
PANDUCT ® Nylon Rivets Fast, lowest cost mounting method. See page C1.31.
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C1.8
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PANDUCT ® Type F – Narrow Slot Wiring Duct • Narrow slot/finger design provides more slots to fit the spacing of high-density terminal blocks and other hardware • Material: Lead-free PVC • UL Recognized continuous use temperature: 122°F (50°C) • UL94 Flammability Rating of V-0
Base Part Number F.5X.5LG6 F.5X1LG6 F.75X.75LG6 F.75X1.5LG6 F1X1LG6 F1X1.5LG6 W
F1X2LG6 F1X3LG6 F1X4LG6 F1.5X1LG6
H
F1.5X1.5LG6 F1.5X2LG6 F1.5X3LG6 F1.5X4LG6 F2X1LG6 F2X1.5LG6 F2X2LG6 F2X3LG6 F2X4LG6 F2X5LG6 F3X1LG6 F3X2LG6 F3X3LG6 F3X4LG6 F3X5LG6 F4X2LG6 F4X3LG6 F4X4LG6 F4X5LG6
• Conforms with NFPA 79-2002 section 14.3.1 requirement for flame retardant material • Provided with mounting holes
B2. Cable Accessories
Duct Size In. .69 x .60 .69 x 1.06 .93 x .82 .93 x 1.57 1.26 1.26 1.26 1.26 1.26 1.75 1.75 1.75 1.75 1.75 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 3.25 3.25 3.25 3.25 3.25 4.25 4.25 4.25 4.25
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
B1.Cable Ties
1.12 1.62 2.12 3.12 4.10 1.12 1.62 2.12 3.12 4.10 1.12 1.62 2.12 3.12 4.10 5.10 1.12 2.12 3.12 4.10 5.10 2.12 3.12 4.10 5.10
(W x H) mm 17.5 x 15.2 17.5 x 26.9 23.6 x 20.8 23.6 x 39.9
32.0 x 28.4 32.0 x 41.1 32.0 x 53.8 32.0 x 79.2 32.0 x 104.1 44.5 x 28.4 44.5 x 41.1 44.5 x 53.8 44.5 x 79.2 44.5 x 104.1 57.2 x 28.4 57.2 x 41.1 57.2 x 53.8 57.2 x 79.2 57.2 x 104.1 57.2 x 129.5 82.6 x 28.4 82.6 x 53.8 82.6 x 79.2 82.6 x 104.1 82.6 x 129.5 108.0 x 53.8 108.0 x 79.2 108.0 x 104.1 108.0 x 129.5
Slot Width In. mm .20 5.0 .20 5.0 .20 5.0 .20 5.0 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20
5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
Cover Part Number C.5LG6 C.5LG6 C.75LG6 C.75LG6 C1LG6 C1LG6 C1LG6 C1LG6 C1LG6 C1.5LG6 C1.5LG6 C1.5LG6 C1.5LG6 C1.5LG6 C2LG6 C2LG6 C2LG6 C2LG6 C2LG6 C2LG6 C3LG6 C3LG6 C3LG6 C3LG6 C3LG6 C4LG6 C4LG6 C4LG6 C4LG6
Base & Cover Std. Std. Length Pkg. Ctn. (ft) Qty. Qty. 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
120 120 120 120 60 120 120 120 120 60 120 120 120 60 60 60 120 120 60 60 60 60 60 60 60
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
Part Number shown for LG (Light Gray). For other color availability see Color Selection Guide, page C1.43. Base and cover sold separately.
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C1.9
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
Features and Benefits – PANDUCT ® Flush Cover Type D – Round Hole Wiring Duct Available in 16 sizes from 1" x 2" up to 4" x 4" in a variety of colors. B1.Cable Ties
Non-slip cover liner prevents cover slide B2. Cable Accessories
Exclusive PANDUIT smooth rounded edges prevents wiring abrasion
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
Flush cover design provides a neat and finished appearance C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
Specially formulated lead-free PVC material
Round hole design retains and supports wire at variable heights to enhance wire management
Base scoreline allows easy removal of sidewall section at t-junctions and right angles saving installation time
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
PANDUCT ® Wire Retainers for Type D Wiring Duct Contain wiring when duct cover is opened. Wire retainers mount onto walls with pressure sensitive adhesive. See page C1.26.
PANDUCT ® Divider Wall Create separate wiring channels within the wiring duct base. Available in solid or slotted wall styles. See page C1.24.
PANDUCT ® Installation Tools Wide selection of hand tools for cutting and installing wiring duct. See page C1.31.
PANDUCT ® Nylon Rivets Fast, lowest cost mounting method. See page C1.31.
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C1.10
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PANDUCT ® Flush Cover Type D – Round Hole Wiring Duct • Round hole design has multiple rows of holes to retain and support wire at variable heights and positions • Material: Lead-free PVC • UL Recognized continuous use temperature: 122°F (50°C) • UL94 Flammability Rating of V-0
Base Part Number D1X2LG6 D1X3LG6 D1X4LG6 D1.5X2LG6 D1.5X3LG6 D1.5X4LG6 D2X2LG6 D2X3LG6
W
D2X4LG6 D2.5X3LG6 D3X2LG6
H
D3X3LG6 D3X4LG6 D4X2LG6 D4X3LG6 D4X4LG6
• Conforms with NFPA 79-2002 section 14.3.1 requirement for flame retardant material • Provided with mounting holes
B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
Duct Size In. 1.26 x 2.12 1.26 x 3.12 1.26 x 4.10 1.75 x 2.12 1.75 x 3.12 1.75 x 4.10 2.25 x 2.12 2.25 x 3.12 2.25 x 4.10 2.75 x 3.12 3.25 x 2.12 3.25 x 3.12 3.25 x 4.10 4.25 x 2.12 4.25 x 3.12 4.25 x 4.10
(W x H) mm 32.0 x 53.8 32.0 x 79.2 32.0 x 104.1 44.5 x 53.8 44.5 x 79.2 44.5 x 104.1 57.2 x 53.8 57.2 x 79.2 57.2 x 104.1 69.9 x 79.2 82.6 x 53.8 82.6 x 79.2 82.6 x 104.1 108.0 x 53.8 108.0 x 79.2 108.0 x 104.1
Cover Part Number C1LG6 C1LG6 C1LG6 C1.5LG6 C1.5LG6 C1.5LG6 C2LG6 C2LG6 C2LG6 C2.5LG6 C3LG6 C3LG6 C3LG6 C4LG6 C4LG6 C4LG6
Base & Cover Length (ft) 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Std. Pkg. Qty. 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Std. Ctn. Qty. 120 120 120 120 120 60 120 60 60 120 120 60 60 60 60 60
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
Part Number shown for LG (Light Gray). For other color availability see Color Selection Guide, page C1.43. Base and cover sold separately.
.67 +- .06 TYP [16.94 +- 1.5]
D1.Terminals
.44 +- .02 [11.2 +- 0.5]
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
H
For 2" duct height = 3 rows of holes 3" duct height = 4 rows of holes 4" duct height = 6 rows of holes
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C1.11
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
Features and Benefits – PANDUCT ® Type MC – Metric Narrow Slot Wiring Duct Available in 22 sizes from 25mm x 25mm up to 100mm x 100mm in International Gray color. B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
Non-slip cover liner prevents cover slide
Double restricted slot design retains wires, eliminating hassle and saving time
Narrow finger/slot design matches the spacing of high-density components
C1.Wiring Duct
Flush cover design provides a neat finished appearance
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
Specially formulated lead-free PVC material
Upper and lower scorelines allow easy fingers and sidewall section removal saving installation time
DIN 43 659 metric mounting hole pattern meets European requirements
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
PANDUCT ® Wire Retainers for Type MC Wiring Duct Contain wiring when duct cover is opened. Wire retainers snap easily between duct fingers. See page C1.27.
PANDUCT ® Divider Wall Create separate wiring channels within the wiring duct base. Available in solid or slotted wall styles. See page C1.24.
PANDUCT ® Installation Tools Wide selection of hand tools fo r cutting and installing wiring duct. See page C1.31.
PANDUCT ® Nylon Rivets Fast, lowest cost mounting method. See page C1.31.
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C1.12
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PANDUCT ® Type MC – Metric Narrow Slot Wiring Duct • CE compliant and metric sizing for control panels intended for European applications • Material: Lead-free PVC • UL Recognized continuous use temperature: 122°F (50°C) • UL94 Flammability Rating of V-0
H
B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
Replacement Base & Cover Cover Length Part Number (M) C25IG2 2
Std. Pkg. Qty. (M) 20
MC25X25IG2
Duct Size (W x H) mm In. 24.6 x 23.6 .97 x .93
Slot Width In. mm .20 5.0
MC25X37IG2
24.6 x 35.8
.97 x 1.41
.20
5.0
C25IG2
2
20
MC25X50IG2
24.6 x 47.8
.97 x 1.88
.20
5.0
C25IG2
2
20
MC25X62IG2
24.6 x 59.7
.97 x 2.35
.20
5.0
C25IG2
2
20
MC25X75IG2
24.6 x 72.4
.97 x 2.85
.20
5.0
C25IG2
2
20
MC37X37IG2
37.1 x 35.8
1.46 x 1.41
.20
5.0
C37IG2
2
20
MC37X50IG2
37.1 x 47.8
1.46 x 1.88
.20
5.0
C37IG2
2
20
MC37X62IG2
37.1 x 59.7
1.46 x 2.35
.20
5.0
C37IG2
2
20
MC37X75IG2
37.1 x 72.4
1.46 x 2.85
.20
5.0
C37IG2
2
20
MC50X50IG2
49.5 x 47.8
1.95 x 1.89
.20
5.0
C50IG2
2
20
MC50X75IG2
49.5 x 72.4
1.95 x 2.85
.20
5.0
C50IG2
2
10
MC50X100IG2
49.5 x 97.8
1.95 x 3.85
.20
5.0
C50IG2
2
10
MC62X37IG2
62.0 x 35.8
2.44 x 1.41
.20
5.0
C62IG2
2
20
MC62X62IG2
62.0 x 59.7
2.44 x 2.35
.20
5.0
C62IG2
2
20
MC75X50IG2
74.7 x 48.0
2.94 x 1.89
.20
5.0
C75IG2
2
20
MC75X62IG2
74.7 x 59.7
2.94 x 2.35
.20
5.0
C75IG2
2
20
MC75X75IG2
74.7 x 72.4
2.94 x 2.85
.20
5.0
C75IG2
2
10
MC75X100IG2
74.7 x 97.8
2.94 x 3.85
.20
5.0
C75IG2
2
10
MC100X50IG2
99.6 x 48.0
3.92 x 1.89
.20
5.0
C100IG2
2
10
MC100X62IG2
99.6 x 59.7
3.92 x 2.35
.20
5.0
C100IG2
2
10
MC100X75IG2
99.6 x 72.4
3.92 x 2.85
.20
5.0
C100IG2
2
10
MC100X100IG2
99.6 x 97.8
3.92 x 3.85
.20
5.0
C100IG2
2
10
Base & Cover Part Number
W
• Conforms with NFPA 79-2002 section 14.3.1 requirement for flame retardant material • Provided with DIN 43 659 mounting holes • Duct and cover packaged together in 2 meter lengths
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
Available in IG (International Gray) only. Base and cover sold together.
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C1.13
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
Features and Benefits – PANDUCT ® Type FS – Solid Wall Raceway Available in 27 sizes from .5" x .5" up to 6" x 4" in a variety of colors. B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
Non-slip cover liner prevents cover slide Specially formulated lead-free PVC material
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
Flush cover design provides a neat and finished appearance
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
Base scoreline allows easy removal of sidewall sections saving installation time
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
PANDUCT ® Wire Retainers for Type FS Solid Wall Raceway Contain wiring when duct cover is opened. Wire retainers mounts onto walls with pressure sensitive adhesive. See page C1.26.
PANDUCT ® Divider Wall Create separate wiring channels within the wiring duct base. Available in solid or slotted wall styles. See page C1.24.
PANDUCT ® Installation Tools Wide selection of hand tools for cutting and installing wiring duct. See page C1.31.
PANDUCT ® Nylon Rivets Fast, lowest cost mounting method. See page C1.31.
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C1.14
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PANDUCT ® Type FS – Solid Wall Raceway • Solid wall design fully encloses cables providing maximum protection and aesthetics • Material: Lead-free PVC
Base Part Number > FS.5X.5LG6NM > FS.5X1LG6NM
FS.75X.75LG6NM > FS1X1LG6NM > FS1X1.5LG6NM FS1X2LG6NM
W
FS1X3LG6NM FS1X4LG6NM > FS1.5X1LG6NM > FS1.5X1.5LG6NM
H
> FS1.5X2LG6NM > FS1.5X3LG6NM > FS2X1LG6NM
FS2X1.5LG6NM > FS2X2LG6NM > FS2X3LG6NM
FS2X4LG6NM > FS3X1LG6NM > FS3X2LG6NM > FS3X3LG6NM
FS3X4LG6NM FS3X5LG6NM > FS4X2LG6NM > FS4X3LG6NM > FS4X4LG6NM > FS4X5LG6NM > FS6X4LG6NM
• UL Recognized continuous use temperature: 122°F (50°C) • UL94 Flammability Rating of V-0 • Supplied without mounting holes
Duct Size In. .69 x .60 .69 x 1.06 .93 x .82 1.26 x 1.12 1.26 x 1.62 1.26 x 2.12 1.26 x 3.12 1.26 x 4.10 1.75 x 1.12 1.75 x 1.62 1.75 x 2.12 1.75 x 3.12
(W x H) mm 17.5 x 15.2 17.5 x 26.9 23.6 x 20.8 32.0 x 28.4 32.0 x 41.1 32.0 x 53.8 32.0 x 79.2 32.0 x 104.1 44.5 x 28.4 44.5 x 41.1 44.5 x 53.8 44.5 x 79.2
Cover Part Number
2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 3.25 3.25 3.25 3.25 3.25 4.25 4.25 4.25 4.25 6.25
57.2 x 28.4 57.2 x 41.1 57.2 x 53.8 57.2 x 79.2 57.2 x 104.1 82.6 x 28.4 82.6 x 53.8 82.6 x 79.2 82.6 x 104.1 82.6 x 129.5 108.0 x 53.8 108.0 x 79.2 108.0 x 104.1 108.0 x 129.5 158.8 x 105.4
C2LG6
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
1.12 1.62 2.12 3.12 4.10 1.12 2.12 3.12 4.10 5.10 2.12 3.12 4.10 5.10 4.15
C.5LG6 C.5LG6 C.75LG6 C1LG6 C1LG6 C1LG6 C1LG6 C1LG6 C1.5LG6 C1.5LG6 C1.5LG6 C1.5LG6 C2LG6 C2LG6 C2LG6 C2LG2 C3LG6 C3LG6 C3LG6 C3LG6 C3LG6 C4LG6 C4LG6 C4LG6 C4LG6 C6LG6
B1.Cable Ties
Std. Std. Base & Cover Pkg. Ctn. Length (ft) Qty. Qty. 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 60 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
120 120 120 60 60 120 120 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60
> Indicates parts available with mounting holes. Remove NM from part number. Part Number shown for LG (Light Gray). For other color availability see Color Selection Guide, page C1.43. Base and cover sold separately.
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C1.15
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
Wiring Duct for Special Environments B1.Cable Ties
Type NNC Halogen Free Metric Wiring Duct
B2. Cable Accessories
• Halogen free material is nontoxic, lead-free, environmentally safe and will not release toxic or corrosive gases that could endanger public safety or damage sensitive electronic equipment
B3. Stainless Steel
• UL94V-0
C1.Wiring Duct
Type NE NORYL* Halogen Free Wiring Duct C2. Surface Raceway
• Halogen free material is nontoxic, lead-free, environmentally safe and will not release toxic or corrosive gases that could endanger public safety or damage sensitive electronic equipment
C3. Abrasion Protection
• UL94V-1 C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
Type TMC Low Smoke/Low Toxicity Free Wiring Duct
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
• Low smoke/low toxicity material emits a low level of toxic fumes and low smoke emissions when burned • Meets Federal Rail Administration Guidelines and NFPA 130 requirements for all transit vehicles • UL94V-0
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
The material is self-extinguishing and has excellent flame retardancy UL94V-0.
The material does not release dense smoke when burned per ASTM E662 test method.
The material does not emit a high volume of toxic gases when burned per Boeing and Airbus test methods.
F. Index *NORYL is a registered trademark of General Electric Company.
C1.16
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
Environment/Material Specifications
Typical Applications
pages C1.18 – C1.19
B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
Semiconductor Manufacturing Ship Building
B3. Stainless Steel
Nuclear Power Plants Oil Platforms
C1.Wiring Duct
Environment/Material Specifications
Typical Applications
page C1.22
C2. Surface Raceway
Semiconductor C3. Abrasion Protection
Manufacturing Ship Building Nuclear Power Plants Oil Platforms
Environment/Material Specifications
Typical Applications
C4. Cable Management
pages C1.20 – C1.21
Passenger Rail Cars Other Transportation Vehicles
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers The material contains no fluorine, bromide or chlorine and will not emit any corrosive or toxic gases when burned per IEC 60754-2 test method.
Material is rated for a continuous use temperature above 75°C (167°F).
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C1.17
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
Features and Benefits – PANDUCT ® Type NNC – Halogen Free Metric Wiring Duct Available in 14 sizes from 25mm x 25mm up to 100mm x 100mm in Light Gray and White. B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
DIN 43 659 metric mounting hole pattern meets European requirements
Non-slip cover liner prevents cover slide
Halogen free modified PPO material is environmentally safe and will not release corrosive or toxic gases
C1.Wiring Duct
Wide finger/slot design provides greater rigidity and allows use with a wide range of wire and bundle sizes
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
Flush cover design provides a neat and finished appearance
Upper and lower Scorelines allows easy finger and sidewall section removal, saving installation time
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
PANDUCT ® Notching Tool Notches duct sidewalls to bottom scoreline for tee and corner junctions. See page C1.31.
PANDUCT ® Type NNC Halogen Free Solid Divider Wall Create separate wiring channels within the wiring duct base. See page C1.19.
PANDUCT ® Nylon Rivet Installation Tool Installs PANDUCT Nylon Rivets quickly and easily. See page C1.31.
PANDUCT ® Nylon Rivets Fast, lowest cost mounting method. See page C1.31.
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C1.18
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PANDUCT ® Type NNC – Halogen Free Metric Wiring Duct • Conforms with NFPA 79-2002 section 14.3.1 requirement for flame retardant material B1.Cable Ties • Provided with DIN 43 659 mounting holes • Metric sizing and finger progression • Duct and cover packaged together in 2 meter lengths
• Material: Halogen free modified PPO material as verified with IEC 60754-2 test method (test on gases evolved during combustion of electric cables) • UL Recognized continuous use temperature: 203°F (95°C) • UL94 Flammability Rating of V-0
B2. Cable Accessories
Base and Cover Part Number NNC25X25LG2 NNC25X37LG2
W
H
Duct Size (W x H) mm 24.6 x 23.6
24.6 NNC25X50LG2 24.6 NNC25X75LG2 24.6 NNC37X37LG2 37.1 NNC37X50LG2 37.1 NNC37X75LG2 37.1 NNC50X50LG2 49.5 NNC50X75LG2 49.5 NNC50X100LG2 49.5 NNC75X75LG2 74.7 NNC100X50LG2 99.6 NNC100X75LG2 99.6 NNC100X100LG2 99.6
x x x x x x x x x x x x x
35.8 47.8 72.4 35.8 47.8 72.4 47.8 72.4 97.8 72.4 47.8 72.4 97.8
Slot Width
In. .97 x .93
In. .39
mm 10.0
.97 x 1.41 .97 x 1.88 .97 x 2.85 1.46 x 1.41 1.46 x 1.88 1.46 x 2.85 1.95 x 1.88 1.95 x 2.85 1.95 x 3.85 2.94 x 2.85 3.92 x 1.88 3.92 x 2.85 3.92 x 3.85
.39 .39 .39 .39 .39 .39 .39 .39 .39 .39 .39 .39 .39
10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0
Replacement Cover Part Number NC25LG2 NC25LG2 NC25LG2 NC25LG2 NC37LG2 NC37LG2 NC37LG2 NC50LG2 NC50LG2 NC50LG2 NC75LG2 NC100LG2 NC100LG2 NC100LG2
Base & Cover Length (M) 2
Std. Ctn. Qty. (M) 20
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
20 20 20 20 20 20 20 10 10 10 10 10 10
Available in LG (Light Gray) and WH (White). Do not allow cutting, tapping or cleaning fluids that contain hydrocarbons to come in contact with Type NNC Wiring Duct as it will cause stress cracking. See page C1.44 for a list of chemicals to avoid. Base and cover sold together.
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
PANDUCT ® Type NNC Halogen Free Solid Divider Wall • NNC Solid Divider Wall can be mounted inside NNC or NE Wiring Duct to create multiple channels • Material: Halogen free modified PPO
Part Number NNC50DWH2 NNC75DWH2
• Simply install the divider wall base when mounting the duct and snap the divider wall onto mounting base, DB-C
For Nominal Duct Height (mm) 50 75
Length (M) 2 2
Std. Pkg. Qty. 2 2
Std. Ctn. Qty. 40 40
Available in WH (White) color only. NOTE: Must be used with Mounting Base, DB-C (see page C1.24) which is sold separately. Install mounting bases to the duct channel, locate within 2" of each divider wall end and at least every 12" along the length.
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
NNC**DWH2
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C1.19
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
Features and Benefits – PANDUCT ® Type TMC – Low Smoke/Low Toxicity Wiring Duct Available in seven sizes from 25mm x 37mm up to 100mm x 75mm in Beige color. B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
Double restricted slot design retains wires, eliminating hassle and saving time
B3. Stainless Steel
Non-slip cover liner prevents cover slide
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
Low smoke, low toxicity and low flammability material meets Federal Rail Administration guidelines
DIN 43 659 metric mounting hole pattern meets European requirements
Narrow finger/slot design closely matches the spacing of high-density components
Upper and lower scorelines allows easy fingers and sidewall section removal saving installation time
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
PANDUCT ® Wire Retainers for Type TMC Wiring Duct Contain wiring when duct cover is opened. Wire retainers snap easily between duct fingers. See page C1.27.
PANDUCT ® Type TMC Low Smoke/ Low Toxicity Solid Divider Wall Create separate wiring channels within the wiring duct base. See page C1.21.
PANDUCT ® Installation Tools Wide selection of hand tools for cutting and installing wiring duct. See page C1.31.
PANDUCT ® Nylon Rivets Fast, lowest cost mounting method. See page C1.31.
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C1.20
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PANDUCT ® Type TMC – Low Smoke/Low Toxicity Wiring Duct • • • •
Material: low smoke, low toxicity and low flammability thermoplastic UL Recognized continuous use temperature: 176°F (80°C) UL94 Flammability Rating of V-0 Conforms with NFPA 79-2002 section 14.3.1 requirement for flame retardant material
• Provided with DIN 43 659 mounting holes • Metric sizing and finger progression • Duct and cover packaged together in 2 meter lengths
B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
Base & Cover Part Number TMC25X37BR2 TMC37X37BR2 TMC50X50BR2 TMC75X50BR2 TMC75X75BR2
W
TMC100X50BR2 TMC100X75BR2
Duct Size W x H In. mm .97 x 1.41 24.6 x 35.8 1.46 x 1.41 37.1 x 35.8 1.95 x 1.89 49.5 x 48.0 2.94 x 1.89 74.7 x 48.0 2.94 x 2.88 74.7 x 73.2 3.92 x 1.89 99.6 x 48.0 3.92 x 2.88 99.6 x 73.2
Slot Width In. mm .20 5.0 .20 5.0 .20 5.0 .20 5.0 .20 5.0 .20 5.0 .20 5.0
Replacement Cover Part Number TC25BR2 TC37BR2 TC50BR2 TC75BR2 TC75BR2 TC100BR2 TC100BR2
Base & Cover Length (M) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Std. Ctn. Qty. (M) 20 20 20 20 10 10 10
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
Available in BR (Natural Beige) color only. Base and cover sold together.
H
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
PANDUCT ® Type TMC Low Smoke/Low Toxicity Solid Divider Wall • TMC Solid Divider Wall can be mounted inside TMC Wiring Duct to create multiple channels • Material: Low smoke, low toxicity and low flammability thermoplastic
Part Number TMC50DW2 TMC75DW2
• Simply install the divider wall base when mounting the duct and snap the divider wall onto mounting base, DB-C
For Nominal Duct Height (mm) 50 75
Length (M) 2 2
Std. Pkg. Qty. 2 2
Std. Ctn. Qty. 20 20
Available in BR (Natural Beige) color only. NOTE: Must be used with Mounting Base, DB-C (see page C1.24) which is sold separately. Install mounting bases to the duct channel, locate within 2" of each divider wall end and at least every 12" along the length.
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
TMC**DW2
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C1.21
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PANDUCT ® Type NE – NORYL* Halogen Free Wiring Duct • Material: Halogen free NORYL* B1.Cable Ties • UL Recognized continuous use temperature: 203°F (95°C)
• UL94 Flammability Rating of V-1 • Provided with mounting holes
B2. Cable Accessories
Base Part Number B3. Stainless Steel
NE.5X.5WH6 NE.5X1WH6 NE1X1WH6 NE1X1.5WH6
C1.Wiring Duct
NE1X2WH6 NE1X3WH6 W
NE1X4WH6 NE1.5X1.5WH6
C2. Surface Raceway
NE1.5X2WH6 H
NE1.5X3WH6 NE1.5X4WH6 NE2X1WH6
C3. Abrasion Protection
NE2X2WH6 NE2X3WH6 NE2X4WH6
C4. Cable Management
NE2.5X3WH6 NE3X1WH6 NE3X2WH6 NE3X3WH6 NE3X4WH6
D1.Terminals
NE3X5WH6 NE4X2WH6 NE4X3WH6
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
NE4X4WH6 NE4X5WH6
Duct Size W x H Slot Width In. mm In. mm .63 x .56 16.0 x 14.2 .38 9.7 .63 x 1.06 16.0 x 26.9 .31 7.9 1.14 x 1.06 29.0 x 26.9 .31 7.9 1.14 x 1.62 29.0 x 41.1 .31 7.9 1.14 x 2.06 29.0 x 52.3 .31 7.9 1.14 x 3.06 29.0 x 77.7 .31 7.9 1.14 x 4.06 29.0 x 103.1 .31 7.9 1.64 x 1.62 41.7 x 41.1 .31 7.9 1.64 x 2.06 41.7 x 52.3 .31 7.9 1.64 x 3.06 41.7 x 77.7 .31 7.9 1.64 x 4.06 41.7 x 103.1 .31 7.9 2.14 x 1.06 54.4 x 26.9 .31 7.9 2.14 x 2.06 54.4 x 52.3 .31 7.9 2.14 x 3.06 54.4 x 77.7 .31 7.9 2.14 x 4.06 54.4 x 103.1 .31 7.9 2.64 x 3.06 67.1 x 77.7 .31 7.9 3.14 x 1.06 79.8 x 26.9 .31 7.9 3.14 x 2.06 79.8 x 52.3 .31 7.9 3.14 x 3.06 79.8 x 77.7 .31 7.9 3.14 x 4.06 79.8 x 103.1 .31 7.9 3.14 x 5.06 79.8 x 128.5 .38 9.7 4.14 x 2.06 105.2 x 52.3 .31 7.9 4.14 x 3.06 105.2 x 77.7 .31 7.9 4.14 x 4.06 105.2 x 103.1 .31 7.9 4.14 x 5.06 105.2 x 128.5 .38 9.7
Cover Part Number NC.5WH6 NC.5WH6 NC1WH6 NC1WH6 NC1WH6 NC1WH6 NC1WH6 NC1.5WH6 NC1.5WH6 NC1.5WH6 NC1.5WH6 NC2WH6 NC2WH6 NC2WH6 NC2WH6 NC2.5WH6 NC3WH6 NC3WH6 NC3WH6 NC3WH6 NC3WH6 NC4WH6 NC4WH6 NC4WH6 NC4WH6
Base & Std. Std. Cover Pkg. Ctn. Length (ft) Qty. Qty. 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 60 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 60 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 60 6 6 60 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 60 6 6 60 6 6 60 6 6 60 6 6 60 6 6 60 6 6 60
Available in WH (White) only. Do not allow cutting, tapping or cleaning fluids that contain hydrocarbons to come in contact with Type NE Wiring Duct as it will cause stress cracking. See page C1.44 for list of chemicals to avoid. Base and cover sold separately. *NORYL is a registered trademark of General Electric Company.
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C1.22
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
WIRING DUCT TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES PANDUIT offers a selection of PANDUCT ® Tools and Accessories to aid cutting, modifying and installing wiring duct.
B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
Some of the features and benefits found in PANDUCT ® Tools and Accessories include: • Wide selection of hand tools for cutting and installing wiring duct • Snap-in wire retainers to retain cabling when the cover is removed, or during cable installation • Divider walls that mount within the duct enabling multiple channels to be created within a duct channel • Corner strips hold corners rigid at tee junctions in control panel applications • Joining strips to connect two sections of duct and hold the walls rigid • Mounting clips provide an alternative method to mount the duct and allow the duct to be more easily removed
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C1.23
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PANDUCT ® Type FL – Flexible Wiring Duct B1.Cable Ties
• Material: Flexible Polypropylene • UL Recognized continuous use temperature: 149°F (65°C)
• UL94 Flammability Rating of V-2 • Factory applied adhesive tape provided for easy mounting
Duct Size (W x H)
B2. Cable Accessories
Part Number FL12X12LG-A FL25X25LG-A FL50X50LG-A
B3. Stainless Steel
In. .49 x .49 .98 x .98 1.97 x 1.97
Std. Pkg. Qty. 112 70 32
Length
mm 12.5 x 12.5 25.0 x 25.0 50.0 x 50.0
In. 19.7 19.7 19.7
mm 500 500 500
Available in LG (RAL 7040 Light Gray) color only.
W C1.Wiring Duct
H
C2. Surface Raceway
PANDUCT ® Divider Wall C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
• Wiring duct divider wall can be mounted inside any type of PANDUIT PVC wiring duct to create multiple channels • Simply install the divider wall base when mounting the duct and snap the divider wall onto the mounting base • All versions snap onto DB-C mounting base • Divider wall heights 2" and greater have a scoreline feature allowing sections to be removed leaving a smooth edge
D1.Terminals
• Meets UL508/508A insulation material requirement for barrier between conductors • UL94 Flammability Rating of V-0 • Material: Lead-free PVC
Part Number
Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Qty. Qty.
Used with Anchors
PANDUCT ® Divider Wall Mounting Base PANDUIT NR1 or #8 or #10 screw
DB-C D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
Part Number
E1. Labeling System
Length (ft.)
Std. Pkg. Qty.
Std. Ctn. Qty.
25 37 50 75 100
6 6 6 6 6
6 6 6 6 6
120 120 120 120 120
50 75 100
2 2 2
2 2 2
40 40 40
50 75 100
6 6 6
6 6 6
120 120 120
For Nominal Duct Height In. mm
PANDUCT ® Solid Divider Wall D1H6 D1.5H6
E2. Labels
100 1000
DB-C
D2H6
D*H6 and D*H2
D3H6 D4H6
1.00 1.50 2.00 3.00 4.00
PANDUCT ® Metric Solid Divider Wall D50H2 E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
D75H2 D100H2
2.00 3.00 4.00
PANDUCT ® Slotted Divider Wall E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C1.24
SD*H6
SD2H6 SD3H6 SD4H6
2.00 3.00 4.00
Metric Divider Wall available in IG (International Gray) color only. NOTE: Must be used with Mounting Base, DB-C (see page C1.24) which is sold separately. Install mounting bases to the duct channel, locate within 2" of each divider wall end and at least every 12" along the length. Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PANDUCT ® Type NNC Halogen Free Solid Divider Wall • NNC Solid Divider Wall can be mounted inside NNC or NE Wiring Duct to create multiple channels • Material: Halogen free modified PPO
Part Number NNC50DWH2 NNC75DWH2
• Simply install the divider wall base when mounting the duct and snap the divider wall onto mounting base, DB-C
For Nominal Duct Height (mm) 50 75
Length (M) 2 2
Std. Pkg. Qty. 2 2
Std. Ctn. Qty. 40 40
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
Available in WH (White) color only.
NNC**DWH2
B1.Cable Ties
NOTE: Must be used with Mounting Base, DB-C (see page C1.24) which is sold separately. Install mounting bases to the duct channel, locate within 2" of each divider wall end and at least every 12" along the length.
C1.Wiring Duct
PANDUCT ® Type TMC Low Smoke/Low Toxicity Solid Divider Wall
C2. Surface Raceway
• TMC Solid Divider Wall can be mounted inside TMC Wiring Duct to create multiple channels • Material: Low smoke, low toxicity and low flammability thermoplastic
C3. Abrasion Protection
Part Number TMC50DW2 TMC75DW2
TMC**DW2
• Simply install the divider wall base when mounting the duct and snap the divider wall onto mounting base, DB-C
For Nominal Duct Height (mm) 50 75
Length (M) 2 2
Std. Pkg. Qty. 2 2
Std. Ctn. Qty. 20 20
Available in BR (Natural Beige) color only. NOTE: Must be used with Mounting Base, DB-C (see page C1.43) which is sold separately. Install mounting bases to the duct channel, locate within 2" of each divider wall end and at least every 12" along the length.
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C1.25
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PANDUCT ® Type G & H Wiring Duct Wire Retainers B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
• Inserts between fingers of Type G Duct and Type H Duct to contain wiring when cover is removed
Part Number * WR2-C
WR3-C WR4-C B3. Stainless Steel
WR5-C
• Adjustable height • Material: ABS
For Duct Width In. (mm) 2.00 (50.8) 3.00 (76.2) 4.00 (101.6) Use with: 3 x 5, 4 x 5 or 6 x 4
For Duct Height In. (mm) 2.00 – 4.00 (50.8 – 101.6) 2.00 – 4.00 (50.8 – 101.6) 2.00 – 4.00 (50.8 – 101.6) Use with: 3 x 5, 4 x 5 or 6 x 4
Std. Pkg. Qty. 100 100 100 100
Std. Ctn. Qty. 1000 1000 1000 1000
Std. Pkg. Qty. 100
Std. Ctn. Qty. 1000
*For 2" width Type H Hinged Cover Wiring Duct use Part No. WR2H-C.
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
PANDUCT ® Solid Wall Raceway Type FS & Type D Wiring Duct Wire Retainer • Mounts onto walls of Type FS Raceway or Type D Duct with pressure sensitive adhesive • One size fits three different duct widths
• Material: Lead-free PVC
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
Part Number WRS-A-C10
For Duct Width In. (mm) 1.00 (25.4) 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.8)
Full length is used with 2" wide duct. For smaller widths, break off segments at scorelines.
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C1.26
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PANDUCT ® Type F, MC & TMC Duct Wire Retainers/Labeling Device • Used to contain wiring when cover is removed and can also be used as a labeling device • FWR-C works with all Type F Duct sizes
Part Number
• FMWR-C works with all Type MC and TMC sizes • Material: Lead-free PVC
Material Rigid PVC Rigid PVC
FWR-C FMWR-C
For Duct Width In. mm 1.50 – 4.00 — — 37 – 100
B1.Cable Ties
Std. Pkg. Qty. 100 100
Std. Ctn. Qty. 1000 1000
B2. Cable Accessories
Full length for use with 4" wide duct. For smaller widths, break off segments at scorelines.
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
Labeling Inside Duct – Snaps onto duct fingers. Full length for use with 4" wide duct. For smaller widths, break off segments at scorelines.
C2. Surface Raceway
Labeling Outside Duct – Break off the last segment from wire retainer below (1.5 mark) and snap onto the back of the remaining segment. Install label and mount between fingers facing outward.
C3. Abrasion Protection
PANDUCT ® Duct Corner Strip with 1" Bend Radius Control • Creates a strong rigid corner at wiring duct junctions • Provides bend radius protection for cabling as required in NFPA 79-2002 section 14.1.4.9 and TIA/EIA-568-B and 569-A • Available in five pre-cut sizes and 6' lengths that can be cut-to-size to meet any size requirement
• • • •
Easy to install two-piece design Compatible with all styles of PANDUIT Wiring Duct UL94 Flammability Rating of V-0 Material: Lead-free PVC
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
Part Number CSPC*LG-Q
Part Description
For Duct Height In. mm
Color
Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Qty. Qty.
6 Foot Lengths for use with all Types of PVC Wiring Duct CSC1LG6 CSC1WH6
Cut-to-size 6 foot corner strip with a 1" bend radius.
CSC1BL6
All sizes (Cut to duct height)
All sizes (Cut to duct height)
Light Gray
6
120
White Black
6 6
120 120
Pre-Cut Pieces for use with all Types of PVC Wiring Duct CSPC1LG-Q
1" bend radius corner strip pre-cut for 1" wall height.
1.00
25.4
Light Gray
25
250
CSPC1.5LG-Q
1" bend radius corner strip pre-cut for 1.5" wall height (2.0" Type H Duct).
1.50
38.1
Light Gray
25
250
CSPC2LG-Q
1" bend radius corner strip pre-cut for 2" wall height.
2.00
50.8
Light Gray
25
250
CSPC3LG-Q
1" bend radius corner strip pre-cut for 3" wall height.
3.00
76.2
Light Gray
25
250
CSPC4LG-Q
1" bend radius corner strip pre-cut for 4" wall height (4.0" Type H Duct).
4.00
101.6
Light Gray
25
250
CSPC available in Light Gray color only. Order number of feet required, in multiples of 6' or Standard Package Quantity.
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C1.27
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PANDUCT ® Duct Corner Strips B1.Cable Ties
• Slides onto duct at corner or tee junctions for smooth, round corners • Available in five pre-cut sizes and six-foot lengths that can be cut to meet any size requirement
• • • •
Easy to install one-piece design Compatible with all styles of PANDUIT Wiring Duct UL94 Flammability Rating of V-0 Material: Lead-free PVC
B2. Cable Accessories
Part Number
Part Description
Color
Std. Pkg. Qty.
Std. Ctn. Qty.
Light Gray
6
120
Light Light Light Light
Gray Gray Gray Gray
25 25 25 25
250 250 250 250
Light Gray
25
25
For Duct Height In. mm
6 Foot Lengths for use with all Types of PVC Wiring Duct 6 foot length is cut by user to fit duct height.
CS1LG6 B3. Stainless Steel
CS1LG6
Cut to size Cut to size
Pre-Cut Pieces for use with all Types of PVC Wiring Duct CSP1LG-Q CSP1.5LG-Q
C1.Wiring Duct
CSP2LG-Q
1.00
25.4
3.00 4.00
76.2 101.6
Pre-cut pieces.
CSP3LG-Q CSP4LG-Q Available in LG (Light Gray) only.
C2. Surface Raceway
CSP*LG-Q
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
PANDUCT ® Duct Joining Strips D1.Terminals
• Compatible with all styles of PANDUIT Wiring Duct • UL94 Flammability Rating of V-0 • Material: Lead-free PVC
• Slides onto duct to join sections together • Available in four pre-cut sizes and six-foot lengths that can be cut to meet any size requirement • Easy to install one-piece design
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
Part Number
Part Description
For Duct Height In. mm
Std. Pkg. Qty.
Std. Ctn. Qty.
Light Gray White
6
120
Light Light Light Light
25 25 25 25
250 250 250 250
Color
6 Foot Lengths for use with all Types of PVC Wiring Duct E1. Labeling System
DJS1LG6
DJS1**6
DJS1WH6
6 foot length is cut by user to fit duct height.
Cut to size Cut to size
Pre-Cut Pieces for use with all Types of PVC Wiring Duct DJSP1.5LG-Q E2. Labels
DJSP2LG-Q DJSP3LG-Q
Pre-cut pieces.
DJSP4LG-Q E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
DJSP*LG-Q
1.50 2.00 3.00 4.00
38.1 50.8 76.2 101.6
Gray Gray Gray Gray
Pre-cut pieces available in LG (Light Gray) only.
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C1.28
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PANDUCT ® Snap-Clip Mounting Bracket – Type G, F, FS, D, MC, NNC & TMC Wiring Duct • Snap-clip spacing is not critical • Simplifies fabrication drawings and panel layout • Material: Spring steel
• Duct easily snaps into bracket • No mounting holes required in duct • Ensures no metal is inside the duct
Part Number
B1.Cable Ties
Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Qty. Qty.
For Duct Width In. mm
Screw Required
Snap-Clip Mounting Bracket for use with Types G, F, FS and D Wiring Duct S1F-C S1.5F-C S2F-C S3F-C S4F-C
#8-32 #8-32 #8-32 #8-32 #8-32
x x x x x
1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4
(Provided) (Provided) (Provided) (Provided) (Provided)
1.00 1.50 2.00 3.00 4.00
25.4 38.1 50.8 76.2 101.6
100 100 100 100 100
1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
Snap-Clip Mounting Bracket for use with Types MC, NNC and TMC Wiring Duct SNS25F-C
#8-32 x 1/4 (User Supplied)
1.00
25
100 1000
SNS37F-C
#8-32 #8-32 #8-32 #8-32
1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00
37 50 62 75
100 100 100 100
SNS50F-C SNS62F-C SNS75F-C
x x x x
1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4
(User (User (User (User
Supplied) Supplied) Supplied) Supplied)
1000 1000 1000 1000
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
PANDUCT ® Snap-Clip Mounting Bracket – Type NE Wiring Duct • Simplifies fabrication drawings and panel layout • Material: Spring steel
• Duct easily snaps into bracket • Ensures no metal is inside the duct • Snap-clip spacing is not critical
Part Number SNS.5-C SNS1-C SNS1.5-C SNS2-C SNS3-C
C3. Abrasion Protection
Std. Pkg. Qty. 100 100 100 100 100
For Duct Width In. mm .50 12.7 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 2.00 50.8 3.00 76.2
Screw Required #6-32 x 1/4 (User Supplied) #8-32 x 1/4 (User Supplied) #8-32 x 1/4 (User Supplied) #8-32 x 1/4 (User Supplied) #8-32 x 1/4 (User Supplied)
Std. Ctn. Qty. 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
Adhesive Tape for Wiring Duct • • • •
Recommended installation temperature is 70°F (21°C) UL Recognized service temperature is 32°F (0°C) to 140°F (60°C) Optimum recommended dwell time for acrylic adhesive is 8 hours Recommended tape load is 1/2 lb. per square inch of tape area
Duct Size WxH
As a Permanent Mounting Method: • Eliminates the drilling and tapping of holes, labor and time required to install separate mounting devices As a Temporary Mounting Method: • Holds duct in place to free installer’s hands to further secure duct with screws, rivets, etc Roll Length
Tape Part Number
.5 x .5 thru 1.5 x 4 P32W2A2-50-7 P32W2A2-50-72 2 x 1 thru 3 x 3 P32W2A2-50-7 P32W2A2-50-72 3 x 4 thru 3 x 5 P32W2A2-75-7 P32W2A2-75-72 4 x 1.5 thru 4 x 3 P32W2A2-50-7 P32W2A2-75-72 4 x 4 thru 6 x 4 P32W2A2-75-7 P32W2A2-75-72
Yds.
M
Std. Pkg. Qty.
7.0 72.0 7.0 72.0 7.0 72.0 7.0 72.0 7.0 72.0
6.4 65.5 6.4 65.5 6.4 65.5 6.4 65.5 6.4 65.5
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Std. Ctn. Qty. 100 9 100 9 60 7 100 9 60 7
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
Order number of rolls required in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C1.29
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
Adhesive Tape Guide B1.Cable Ties
Selection of Wiring Duct Part Numbers Available with Factory Applied Adhesive Tape
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
G Duct Light Gray
G Duct White
G Duct Black
F Duct Light Gray
NE Duct White
G.5X.5LG6-A
G.5X.5WH6-A
—
F.5X.5LG6-A
—
G.5X1LG6-A
G.5X1WH6-A
—
F.5X1LG6-A
—
G.75X.75LG6-A
—
—
F.75X.75LG6-A
—
G.75X1LG6-A
G.75X1WH6-A
—
—
—
G.75X1.5LG6-A
G.75X1.5WH6-A
—
F.75X1.5LG6-A
—
G.75X2LG6-A
G.75X2WH6-A
—
—
—
G1X1LG6-A
G1X1WH6-A
—
F1X1LG6-A
—
G1X1.5LG6-A
G1X1.5WH6-A
—
F1X1.5LG6-A
—
G1X2LG6-A
G1X2WH6-A
—
F1X2LG6-A
NE1X2WH6-A
G1X3LG6-A
G1X3WH6-A
G1X3BL6-A
F1X3LG6-A
—
G1X4LG6-A
G1X4WH6-A
—
F1X4LG6-A
—
G1.5X1LG6-A
G1.5X1WH6-A
—
F1.5X1LG6-A
—
G1.5X1.5LG6-A
G1.5X1.5WH-A
—
F1.5X1.5LG6-A
—
G1.5X2LG6-A
G1.5X2WH6-A
—
F1.5X2LG6-A
NE1.5X2WH6-A
G1.5X3LG6-A
G1.5X3WH6-A
—
F1.5X3LG6-A
—
G1.5X4LG6-A
G1.5X4WH6-A
—
F1.5X4LG6-A
— —
G2X1LG6-A
G2X1WH6-A
—
F2X1LG6-A
G2X1.5LG6-A
G2X1.5WH6-A
—
F2X1.5LG6-A
—
G2X2LG6-A
G2X2WH6-A
G2X2BL6-A
F2X2LG6-A
NE2X2WH6-A
G2X3LG6-A
G2X3WH6-A
—
F2X3LG6-A
—
G2X4LG6-A
G2X4WH6-A
G2X4BL6-A
F2X4LG6-A
—
G2X5LG6-A
G2X5WH6-A
—
F2X5LG6-A
—
G2.5X3LG6-A
G2.5X3WH6-A
—
—
—
G3X1LG6-A
G3X1WH6-A
—
F3X1LG6-A
—
G3X2LG6-A
G3X2WH6-A
—
F3X2LG6-A
—
G3X3LG6-A
G3X3WH6-A
G3X3BL6-A
F3X3LG6-A
—
G3X4LG6-A
G3X4WH6-A
—
F3X4LG6-A
—
G3X5LG6-A
G3X5WH6-A
—
F3X5LG6-A
—
G4X1.5LG6-A
G4X1.5WH6-A
—
—
—
G4X2LG6-A
G4X2WH6-A
—
F4X2LG6-A
NE4X2WH6-A
G4X3LG6-A
G4X3WH6-A
—
F4X3LG6-A
NE4X3WH6-A
G4X4LG6-A
G4X4WH6-A
G4X4BL6-A
F4X4LG6-A
NE4X4WH6-A
G4X5LG6-A
G4X5WH6-A
—
F4X5LG6-A
—
All three sizes of Flexible Duct come provided with adhesive: FL12X12LG-A, FL25X25LG-A, FL50X50LG-A
Specifications for Factory Applied Tape
Tape Duct Size WxH .5 x .5 through 1.5 x 4 2 x 1 through 3 x 3 3 x 4 through 3 x 5
F. Index
4 x 1.5 through 4 x 3 4 x 4 through 6 x 4
C1.30
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Rows of Tape 1 2 2 2 2
Width In. .50 .50 .75 .50 .75
mm 12.7 12.7 19.1 12.7 19.1
Thickness In. mm .03 .8 .03 .8 .03 .8 .03 .8 .03 .8 Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
Installation Tools • DCT easily cuts any PANDUCT ® Wiring Duct and Cover • DNT-100 notches duct sidewalls to bottom scoreline for tees and corner junctions
• TNR installs or removes PANDUIT Nylon Rivets, NR1-C and NR1-M, quickly and easily • DFCT easily removes duct fingers in tight places
Part Number
Part Description
Std. Pkg. Qty
B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
Duct Cutting Tool (For use with all duct/raceway types) DCT
Hand held duct cutting tool.
1 B3. Stainless Steel
Replacement Blade Kit (Includes blade and nylon insert) DCT
DNT-100
DCT-BLD
Replacement blade kit with blade and nylon insert.
1
Replacement Nylon Insert DCT-RI
Replacement nylon insert.
5
C1.Wiring Duct
Duct Notching Tool (For use with all slotted duct types) DNT-100
TNR
DFCT
Hand held sidewall notching tool.
1
Nylon Rivet Installation Tool TNR
Hand held nylon rivet installation tool.
1
Duct Finger Cutting Tool (For use with all wide slotted duct types) DFCT
Hand held duct finger cutting tool.
C2. Surface Raceway
1
C3. Abrasion Protection
Nylon Rivets NR1-C and NR1-M
NR1-C
Nylon rivet for use with TNR rivet tool.
100
NR1-M
Nylon rivet for use with TNR rivet tool.
1000
Total Thickness of Panel and Duct In. mm .158 – .187 4.0 – 4.7 .188 – .218 4.8 – 5.5 .219 – .250 5.6 – 6.4 .251 and up 6.5 and up
Panel Hole Dia. Needed In. mm .187 4.7 .193 4.9 .203 5.2 .213 5.4
ANSI Standard Drill Bit #15 #11 #7 #4
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C1.31
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS PANDUCT ® Type G & D Wiring Duct Dimensions Dimensions are shown for reference only. Contact customer service at 800-777-3300 for specific dimensional needs.
>
B1.Cable Ties
For .5" high duct. C
B
T
B2. Cable Accessories
>
F
D
H
> >
E
A
> >
For .75", 1", 1.5", 2", 3", 4" and 5" high duct.
B3. Stainless Steel
C F
T
B
> D
H
> >
C1.Wiring Duct
A
E
>
Note: ‘A’ dimension is measured at base. Note: ‘K’ dimension shown in mounting hole dimensions below.
C2. Surface Raceway
>
C3. Abrasion Protection
>
.67 +- .06 TYP [16.94 +- 1.5]
C4. Cable Management
.44 +- .02 [11.2 +- 0.5]
H
> >
D1.Terminals
For 2" duct height = 3 rows of holes 3" duct height = 4 rows of holes 4" duct height = 6 rows of holes
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors >
Mounting Hole Dimensions For .5", .75", 1", and 1.5" wide duct.
E1. Labeling System
.50 TYP [12.7]
>
.20 TYP [5.0] C L
E2. Labels 4.0 [101.6] TYP
2.0 [50.8]
>
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
>
For 2.0", 2.5", 3", 4" and 6" wide duct.
K K
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions 4.0 [101.6] TYP
2.0 [50.8]
C L
> >
F. Index
C1.32
DUCT SIZE (W x H) A B .5 x .5 .69 .60 (12.7) x (12.7) (17.5) (15.2) .5 x 1 .69 1.06 (12.7) x (25.4) (17.5) (26.9) .5 x 2 .69 2.03 (12.7) x (50.8) (17.5) (51.6) .5 x 4 .69 4.10 (12.7) x (101.6) (17.5) (104.1) .75 x .75 .93 .82 (19.1) x (19.1) (23.6) (20.8) .75 x 1 .93 1.06 (19.1) x (25.4) (23.6) 26.9 .75 x 1.5 .93 1.57 (19.1) x (38.1) (23.6) (39.9) .75 x 2 .93 2.03 (19.1) x (50.8) (23.6) (51.6) 1x1 1.26 1.12 (25.4) x (25.4) (32.0) (28.4) 1 x 1.5 1.26 1.62 (25.4) x (38.1) (32.0) (41.1) 1x2 1.26 2.12 (25.4) x (50.8) (32.0) (53.8) 1x3 1.26 3.12 (25.4) x (76.2) (32.0) (79.2) 1x4 1.26 4.10 (25.4) x (101.6) (32.0) (104.1) 1.5 x 1 1.75 1.12 (38.1) x (25.4) (44.5) (28.4) 1.5 x 1.5 1.75 1.62 (38.1) x (38.1) (44.5) (41.1) 1.5 x 2 1.75 2.12 (38.1) x (50.8) (44.5) (53.8) 1.5 x 3 1.75 3.12 (38.1) x (76.2) (44.5) (79.2) 1.5 x 4 1.75 4.10 (38.1) x (101.6) (44.5) (104.1) 2x1 2.25 1.12 (50.8) x (25.4) (57.2) (28.4) 2 x 1.5 2.25 1.62 (50.8) x (38.1) (57.2) (41.1) 2x2 2.25 2.12 (50.8) x (50.8) (57.2) (53.8) 2x3 2.25 3.12 (50.8) x (76.2) (57.2) (79.2) 2x4 2.25 4.10 (50.8) x (101.6) (57.2) (104.1) 2x5 2.25 5.10 (50.8) x (127.0) (57.2) (129.5) 2.5 x 3 2.75 3.12 (63.5) x (76.2) (69.9) (79.2) 3x1 3.25 1.12 (76.2) x (25.4) (82.6) (28.4) 3x2 3.25 2.12 (76.2) x (50.8) (82.6) (53.8) 3x3 3.25 3.12 (76.2) x (76.2) (82.6) (79.2) 3x4 3.25 4.10 (76.2) x (101.6) (82.6) (104.1) 3x5 3.25 5.10 (76.2) x (127.0) (82.6) (129.5) 4 x 1.5 4.25 1.62 (101.6) x (38.1) (108.0) (41.1) 4x2 4.25 2.12 (101.6) x (50.8) (108.0) (53.8) 4x3 4.25 3.12 (101.6) x (76.2) (108.0) (79.2) 4x4 4.25 4.10 (101.6) x (101.6) (108.0) (104.1) 4x5 4.25 5.10 (101.6) x (127.0) (108.0) (129.5) 6x4 6.25 4.15 (152.4) x (101.6) (158.8) (105.4) > Available for Type G Wiring Duct only. See page C1.43 for wiring duct color and
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
C .69 (17.5) .69 (17.5) .69 (17.5) .69 (17.5) .94 (23.9) .94 (23.9) .94 (23.9) .94 (23.9) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1.75 (44.5) 1.75 (44.5) 1.75 (44.5) 1.75 (44.5) 1.75 (44.5) 2.25 (57.2) 2.25 (57.2) 2.25 (57.2) 2.25 (57.2) 2.25 (57.2) 2.25 (57.2) 2.75 (69.9) 3.25 (82.6) 3.25 (82.6) 3.25 (82.6) 3.25 (82.6) 3.25 (82.6) 4.25 (108.0) 4.25 (108.0) 4.25 (108.0) 4.25 (108.0) 4.25 (108.0) 6.25 (158.8)
DIMENSIONS – Inches (mm) D E F H .38 .37 .80 .50 (9.5) (9.3) (20.3) (12.7) .75 .31 .80 1.00 (19.1) (7.9) (20.3) (25.4) 1.63 .31 .80 2.00 (41.3) (7.9) (20.3) (50.8) 2.25 .31 1.00 4.00 (57.2) (7.9) (25.4) (101.6) .56 .31 .80 0.75 (14.3) (7.9) (20.3) (19.1) .75 .31 .80 1.00 (19.1) (7.9) (20.3) (25.4) 1.20 .31 .80 1.50 (30.5) (7.9) (20.3) (38.1) 1.63 .31 .80 2.00 (41.3) (7.9) (20.3) (50.8) .75 .31 .80 1.00 (19.1) (7.9) (20.3) (25.4) 1.20 .31 .80 1.50 (30.5) (7.9) (20.3) (38.1) 1.63 .31 .80 2.00 (41.3) (7.9) (20.3) (50.8) 2.63 .31 1.00 3.00 (66.7) (7.9) (25.4) (76.2) 3.63 .31 1.00 4.00 (92.1) (7.9) (25.4) (101.6) .75 .31 .80 1.00 (19.1) (7.9) (20.3) (25.4) 1.20 .31 .80 1.50 (30.5) (7.9) (20.3) (38.1) 1.63 .31 .80 2.00 (41.3) (7.9) (20.3) (50.8) 2.63 .31 1.00 3.00 (66.7) (7.9) (25.4) (76.2) 3.63 .31 1.00 4.00 (92.1) (7.9) (25.4) (101.6) .75 .31 .80 1.00 (19.1) (7.9) (20.3) (25.4) 1.20 .31 .80 1.50 (30.5) (7.9) (20.3) (38.1) 1.63 .31 .80 2.00 (41.3) (7.9) (20.3) (50.8) 2.63 .31 1.00 3.00 (66.7) (7.9) (25.4) (76.2) 3.63 .31 1.00 4.00 (92.1) (7.9) (25.4) (101.6) 4.63 .38 1.33 5.00 (117.5) (9.5) (33.9) (127.0) 2.63 .31 1.00 3.00 (66.7) (7.9) (25.4) (76.2) .75 .31 .80 1.00 (19.1) (7.9) (20.3) (25.4) 1.63 .31 .80 2.00 (41.3) (7.9) (20.3) (50.8) 2.63 .31 1.00 3.00 (66.7) (7.9) (25.4) (76.2) 3.63 .31 1.00 4.00 (92.1) (7.9) (25.4) (101.6) 4.63 .38 1.33 5.00 (117.5) (9.5) (33.9) (127.0) 1.20 .31 .80 1.50 (30.5) (7.9) (20.3) (38.1) 1.63 .31 .80 2.00 (41.3) (7.9) (20.3) (50.8) 2.63 .31 1.00 3.00 (66.7) (7.9) (25.4) (76.2) 3.63 .31 1.00 4.00 (92.1) (7.9) (25.4) (101.6) 4.63 .38 1.33 5.00 (117.5) (9.5) (33.9) (127.0) 3.63 .31 1.00 4.00 (92.1) (7.9) (25.4) (101.6)
K
ON CENTERLINE
A. System Overview
.50 (12.7) .50 (12.7) .50 (12.7) .50 (12.7) .50 (12.7) .50 (12.7) .73 (18.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.50 (38.1) 1.50 (38.1) 1.50 (38.1) 1.50 (38.1) 1.50 (38.1) 2.50 (63.5)
T .05 (1.3) .05 (1.3) .08 (2.0) .10 (2.4) .06 (1.4) .06 (1.4) .07 (1.8) .08 (2.0) .06 (1.4) .07 (1.8) .08 (2.0) .10 (2.4) .11 (2.7) .06 (1.5) .07 (1.8) .08 (2.0) .10 (2.4) .11 (2.7) .06 (1.5) .07 (1.8) .08 (2.0) .10 (2.4) .11 (2.7) .12 (2.9) .10 (2.5) .07 (1.8) .08 (2.0) .10 (2.4) .11 (2.7) .12 (2.9) .07 (1.8) .08 (2.0) .10 (2.5) .11 (2.7) .12 (2.9) .11 (2.8)
size availability. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS PANDUCT ® Type F Wiring Duct & FS Raceway Dimensions
A. System Overview
Dimensions are shown for reference only. Contact customer service at 800-777-3300 for specific dimensional needs.
E
C
D
H
B T A
F
For 2", 3", 4" and 5" high duct. C
E
B
D
H
T
A
F
Note: ‘A’ dimension is measured at base. Note: ‘K’ dimension shown in mounting hole dimensions below.
Mounting Hole Dimensions For .5", .75", 1" and 1.5" wide duct. .50 TYP [12.7] .20 TYP [5.0] C L
2.0 TYP [50.8]
2.0 [50.8]
For 2.0", 2.5", 3", 4" and 6" wide duct.
K K
2.0 TYP [50.8]
C L
2.0 [50.8]
Note: For Type FS Raceway, no mounting holes is the standard condition; if mounting holes are required, delete NM from the part number.
C .69 (17.5) .69 (17.5) .94 (23.9) .94 (23.9) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1.75 (44.5) 1.75 (44.5) 1.75 (44.5) 1.75 (44.5) 1.75 (44.5) 2.25 (57.2) 2.25 (57.2) 2.25 (57.2) 2.25 (57.2) 2.25 (57.2) 2.25 (57.2) 3.25 (82.6) 3.25 (82.6) 3.25 (82.6) 3.25 (82.6) 3.25 (82.6) 4.25 (108.0) 4.25 (108.0) 4.25 (108.0) 4.25 (108.0) 4.25 (108.0) 6.25 (158.8)
DIMENSIONS – Inches (mm) D E F H .38 .20 .50 .50 (9.5) (5.0) (12.7) (12.7) .75 .20 .50 1.00 (19.1) (5.0) (12.7) (25.4) .56 .20 .50 .75 (14.3) (5.0) (12.7) (19.1) 1.20 .20 .50 1.50 (30.5) (5.0) (12.7) (38.1) .75 .20 .50 1.00 (19.1) (5.0) (12.7) (25.4) 1.20 .20 .50 1.50 (30.5) (5.0) (12.7) (38.1) 1.63 .20 .50 2.00 (41.3) (5.0) (12.7) (50.8) 2.63 .20 .50 3.00 (66.7) (5.0) (12.7) (76.2) 3.63 .20 .50 4.00 (92.1) (5.0) (12.7) (101.6) .75 .20 .50 1.00 (19.1) (5.0) (12.7) (25.4) 1.20 .20 .50 1.50 (30.5) (5.0) (12.7) (38.1) 1.63 .20 .50 2.00 (41.3) (5.0) (12.7) (50.8) 2.63 .20 .50 3.00 (66.7) (5.0) (12.7) (76.2) 3.63 .20 .50 4.00 (92.1) (5.0) (12.7) (101.6) .75 .20 .50 1.00 (19.1) (5.0) (12.7) (25.4) 1.20 .20 .50 1.50 (30.5) (5.0) (12.7) (38.1) 1.63 .20 .50 2.00 (41.3) (5.0) (12.7) (50.8) 2.63 .20 .50 3.00 (66.7) (5.0) (12.7) (76.2) 3.63 .20 .50 4.00 (92.1) (5.0) (12.7) (101.6) 4.63 .20 .50 5.00 (117.5) (5.0) (12.7) (127.0) .75 .20 .50 1.00 (19.1) (5.0) (12.7) (25.4) 1.63 .20 .50 2.00 (41.3) (5.0) (12.7) (50.8) 2.63 .20 .50 3.00 (66.7) (5.0) (12.7) (76.2) 3.63 .20 50 4.00 (92.1) (5.0) (12.7) (101.6) 4.63 .20 .50 5.00 (117.5) (5.0) (12.7) (127.0) 1.50 N/A N/A N/A (38.1) 1.63 .20 .50 2.00 (41.3) (5.0) (12.7) (50.8) 2.63 .20 .50 3.00 (66.7) (5.0) (12.7) (76.2) 3.63 .20 .50 4.00 (92.1) (5.0) (12.7) (101.6) 4.63 .20 .50 5.00 (117.5) (5.0) (12.7) (127.0) 4.00 N/A N/A N/A (101.6)
K
ON CENTERLINE
For .5", .75", 1" and 1.5" high duct.
DUCT SIZE (W x H) A B .5 x .5 .69 .60 (12.7) x (12.7) (17.5) (15.2) .5 x 1 .69 1.06 (12.7) x (25.4) (17.5) (26.9) .75 x .75 .93 .82 (19.1) x (19.1) (23.6) (20.8) .75 x 1.5 .93 1.57 (19.1) x (38.1) (23.6) (39.9) 1x1 1.26 1.12 (25.4) x (25.4) (32.0) (28.4) 1 x 1.5 1.26 1.62 (25.4) x (38.1) (32.0) (41.1) 1x2 1.26 2.12 (25.4) x (50.8) (32.0) (53.8) 1x3 1.26 3.12 (25.4) x (76.2) (32.0) (79.2) 1x4 1.26 4.10 (25.4) x (101.6) (32.0) (104.1) 1.5 x 1 1.75 1.12 (38.1) x (25.4) (44.5) (28.4) 1.5 x 1.5 1.75 1.62 (38.1) x (38.1) (44.5) (41.1) 1.5 x 2 1.75 2.12 (38.1) x (50.8) (44.5) (53.8) 1.5 x 3 1.75 3.12 (38.1) x (76.2) (44.5) (79.2) 1.5 x 4 1.75 4.10 (38.1) x (101.6) (44.5) (104.1) 2x1 2.25 1.12 (50.8) x (25.4) (57.2) (28.4) 2 x 1.5 2.25 1.62 (50.8) x (38.1) (57.2) (41.1) 2x2 2.25 2.12 (50.8) x (50.8) (57.2) (53.8) 2x3 2.25 3.12 (50.8) x (76.2) (57.2) (79.2) 2x4 2.25 4.10 (50.8) x (101.6) (57.2) (104.1) 2x5 2.25 5.10 (50.8) x (127.0) (57.2) (129.5) 3x1 3.25 1.12 (76.2) x (25.4) (82.6) (28.4) 3x2 3.25 2.12 (76.2) x (50.8) (82.6) (53.8) 3x3 3.25 3.12 (76.2) x (76.2) (82.6) (79.2) 3x4 3.25 4.10 (76.2) x (101.6) (82.6) (104.1) 3x5 3.25 5.10 (76.2) x (127.0) (82.6) (129.5) 4 x 1.5 4.25 1.62 > (101.6) x (38.1) (108.0) (41.1) 4x2 4.25 2.12 (101.6) x (50.8) (108.0) (53.8) 4x3 4.25 3.12 (101.6) x (76.2) (108.0) (79.2) 4x4 4.25 4.10 (101.6) x (101.6) (108.0) (104.1) 4x5 4.25 5.10 (101.6) x (127.0) (108.0) (129.5) 6x4 6.25 4.15 > (152.4) x (101.6) (158.8) (105.4) > Available for Type FS Raceway only. See page C1.43 for wiring duct color and
.50 (12.7) .50 (12.7) .50 (12.7) .50 (12.7) .50 (12.7) .50 (12.7) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) N/A 1.50 (38.1) 1.50 (38.1) 1.50 (38.1) 1.50 (38.1) N/A
T .05 (1.3) .05 (1.3) .06 (1.4) .07 (1.8) .06 (1.4) .07 (1.8) .08 (2.0) .10 (2.4) .11 (2.7) .06 (1.5) .07 (1.8) .08 (2.0) .10 (2.4) .11 (2.7) .06 (1.5) .07 (1.8) .08 (2.0) .10 (2.4) .11 (2.7) .12 (2.9) .07 (1.7) .08 (2.0) .10 (2.4) .11 (2.7) .12 (2.9) .07 (1.8) .08 (2.0) .10 (2.4) .11 (2.7) .12 (2.9) .11 (2.8)
B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
size availability.
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C1.33
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PANDUCT ® Type MC & TMC Wiring Duct Dimensions Dimensions are shown for reference only. Contact customer service at 800-777-3300 for specific dimensional needs.
B1.Cable Ties For 25mm, 37.5mm and 50mm high duct. E
C
B
B2. Cable Accessories
>
D
H
T
> F
A
>
B3. Stainless Steel
For 62.5mm, 75mm and 100mm high duct.
> C
C1.Wiring Duct
E
B
D
H
T
> >
A
C2. Surface Raceway
F
> Note: ‘A’ dimension is measured at base. Note: ‘K’ dimension shown in mounting hole dimensions below. >
C3. Abrasion Protection
> >
C4. Cable Management
Mounting Hole Dimensions For 25mm, 37.5mm and 50mm width duct.
>
2000mm [78.74] 14mm [.55]
D1.Terminals
>
8mm [.32] 1950mm [76.77]
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
>
For 75mm and 100mm width duct. 2000mm [78.74]
E1. Labeling System
>
50mm [1.97] 6.5mm [.26]
25mm [.98]
12.5mm [.49]
E2. Labels
>
DIMENSIONS – mm (Inches) C D E F
DUCT SIZE (W x H)
A
B
H
T
25 x 25
24.6
23.6
24.6
13.6
5.0
12.5
20.5
1.4
(.98) x (.98)
(.97)
(.93)
(.97)
(.54)
(.20)
(.49)
(.81)
(.06)
25 x 37.5
24.6
35.8
24.6
24.7
5.0
12.5
33.0
1.4
(.98) x (1.48)
(.97)
(1.41)
(.97)
(.97)
(.20)
(.49)
(1.30)
(.06)
25 x 50
24.6
47.8
24.6
34.8
5.0
12.5
45.5
1.5
(.98) x (1.97)
(.97)
(1.88)
(.97)
(1.37)
(.20)
(.49)
(1.79)
(.06)
25 x 62.5
24.6
59.7
24.6
45.8
5.0
12.5
58.0
1.5
(.98) x (2.46)
(.97)
(2.35)
(.97)
(1.80)
(.20)
(.49)
(2.28)
(.06)
25 x 75
24.6
73.2
24.6
57.6
5.0
12.5
70.5
1.7
(.98) x (2.95)
(.97)
(2.88)
(.97)
(2.27)
(.20)
(.49)
(2.78)
(.07)
37.5 x 37.5
37.1
35.8
37.1
24.7
5.0
12.5
33.0
1.5
(1.48) x (1.48)
(1.46)
(1.41)
(1.46)
(.97)
(.20)
(.49)
(1.30)
(.06)
37.5 x 50
37.1
47.8
37.1
34.8
5.0
12.5
45.5
1.7
(1.48) x (1.97)
(1.46)
(1.88)
(1.46)
(1.37)
(.20)
(.49)
(1.79)
(.07)
37.5 x 62.5
37.1
59.7
37.1
45.8
5.0
12.5
58.0
1.7
(1.48) x (2.46)
(1.46)
(2.35)
(1.46)
(1.80)
(.20)
(.49)
(2.28)
(.07)
37.5 x 75
37.1
72.4
37.1
57.6
5.0
12.5
70.5
1.8
(1.48) x (2.95)
(1.46)
(2.85)
(1.46)
(2.27)
(.20)
(.49)
(2.78)
(.07)
50 x 50
49.5
48.0
49.6
34.8
5.0
12.5
45.5
1.7
(1.97) x (1.97)
(1.95)
(1.89)
(1.95)
(1.37)
(.20)
(.49)
(1.79)
(.07)
50 x 75
49.5
72.4
49.6
57.6
5.0
12.5
70.5
1.9
(1.97) x (2.95)
(1.95)
(2.85)
(1.95)
(2.27)
(.20)
(.49)
(2.78)
(.08)
50 x 100
49.5
97.8
49.6
81.0
5.0
12.5
95.5
2.2
(1.97) x (3.94)
(1.95)
(3.85)
(1.95)
(3.19)
(.20)
(.49)
(3.76)
(.09)
62.5 x 37.5
62.0
35.8
62.1
24.7
5.0
12.5
33.0
1.7
(2.46) x (1.48)
(2.44)
(1.41)
(2.44)
(.97)
(.20)
(.49)
(1.30)
(.07)
62.5 x 62.5
62.0
59.7
62.1
45.8
5.0
12.5
58.0
1.8
(2.46) x (2.46)
(2.44)
(2.35)
(2.44)
(1.80)
(.20)
(.49)
(2.28)
(.07)
75 x 50
74.7
48.0
74.6
34.8
5.0
12.5
45.5
2.0
(2.95) x (1.97)
(2.94)
(1.89)
(2.94)
(1.37)
(.20)
(.49)
(1.79)
(.08)
75 x 62.5
74.7
59.7
74.6
45.8
5.0
12.5
58.0
2.0
(2.95) x (2.46)
(2.94)
(2.35)
(2.94)
(1.80)
(.20)
(.49)
(2.28)
(.08)
75 x 75
74.7
73.2
74.6
57.6
5.0
12.5
70.5
2.2
(2.95) x (2.95)
(2.94)
(2.88)
(2.94)
(2.27)
(.20)
(.49)
(2.78)
(.09)
75 x 100
74.7
97.8
74.6
81.0
5.0
12.5
95.5
2.3
(2.95) x (3.94)
(2.94)
(3.85)
(2.94)
(3.19)
(.20)
(.49)
(3.76)
(.09)
100 x 50
99.6
48.0
99.6
34.8
5.0
12.5
45.5
2.0
(3.94) x (1.97)
(3.92)
(1.89)
(3.92)
(1.37)
(.20)
(.49)
(1.79)
(.08)
100 x 62.5
99.6
59.7
99.6
45.8
5.0
12.5
58.0
2.0
(3.94) x (2.46)
(3.92)
(2.35)
(3.92)
(1.80)
(.20)
(.49)
(2.28)
(.08)
100 x 75
99.6
73.2
99.6
57.6
5.0
12.5
70.5
2.5
(3.94) x (2.95)
(3.92)
(2.88)
(3.92)
(2.27)
(.20)
(.49)
(2.78)
(.10)
100 x 100
99.6
97.8
99.6
81.0
5.0
12.5
99.5
2.5
(3.94) x (3.94)
(3.92)
(3.85)
(3.92)
(3.19)
(.20)
(.49)
(3.76)
(.10)
> Available for Type MC Wiring Duct only. 4.5mm [.18]
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
1950mm [76.77]
50mm [1.97]
25mm [.98]
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C1.34
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS PANDUCT ® Type NNC Wiring Duct Dimensions
A. System Overview
Dimensions are shown for reference only. Contact customer service at 800-777-3300 for specific dimensional needs.
For 25mm, 37.5mm and 50mm high duct. 10.0 TYP [.39]
C
B
D
H
T A
25.0 TYP [.98]
For 75mm and 100mm high duct. C
10.0 TYP [.39]
B T
D
H
A
25.0 TYP [.98]
Mounting Hole Dimensions For 25mm, 37.5mm and 50mm width duct. 2000mm [78.74] 14mm [.55]
DUCT SIZE (W x H)
A
B
25 x 25 (.98) x (.98) 25 x 37 (.98) x (1.48) 25 x 50 (.98) x (1.97)
24.6 (.97) 24.6 (.97) 24.6 (.97)
23.6 (.93) 35.8 (1.41) 47.8 (1.88)
DIMENSIONS – mm (Inches) C D 24.6 (.97) 24.6 (.97) 24.6 (.97)
13.6 (.54) 24.6 (.97) 34.8 (1.37)
H
T
20.3 (.80) 33.0 (1.30) 45.5 (1.79)
1.5 (.06) 1.8 (.07) 2.0 (.08)
25 x 75
24.6
72.4
24.6
57.6
70.6
2.0
(.98) x (2.95)
(.97)
(2.85)
(.97)
(2.27)
(2.78)
(.08)
37.5 x 37.5 (1.48) x (1.48) 37.5 x 50 (1.48) x (1.97) 37.5 x 75
37.1 (1.46) 37.1 (1.46) 37.1
35.8 (1.41) 47.8 (1.88) 72.4
37.1 (1.46) 37.1 (1.46) 37.1
24.7 (.97) 34.8 (1.37) 57.6
33.0 (1.30) 45.5 (1.79) 70.6
1.8 (.07) 2.0 (.08) 2.0
(1.48) 50 (1.97) 50 (1.97)
(1.46) 49.5 (1.95) 49.5 (1.95)
(2.85) 47.8 (1.88) 72.4 (2.85)
(1.46) 49.5 (1.95) 49.5 (1.95)
(2.27) 34.8 (1.37) 57.6 (2.27)
(2.78) 45.5 (1.79) 70.6 (2.78)
(.08) 2.0 (.08) 2.0 (.08)
x x x x x
(2.95) 50 (1.97) 75 (2.95)
50 x 100
49.5
97.8
49.5
81.0
95.5
2.3
(1.97) x (3.94)
(1.95)
(3.85)
(1.95)
(3.19)
(3.76)
(.09)
75 x 75 (2.95) x (2.95) 100 x 50 (3.94) x (1.97)
74.7 (2.94) 99.6 (3.92)
72.4 (2.85) 47.8 (1.88)
74.7 (2.94) 99.6 (3.92)
57.6 (2.27) 34.8 (1.37)
70.6 (2.78) 45.5 (1.79)
2.0 (.08) 2.0 (.08)
100 x 75
99.6
72.4
99.6
57.6
70.6
2.0
(3.94) x (2.95)
(3.92)
(2.85)
(3.92)
(2.27)
(2.78)
(.08)
100 x 100
99.6
97.8
99.6
81.0
95.5
2.3
(3.92) x (3.85)
(3.92)
(3.85)
(3.92)
(3.19)
(3.76)
(.09)
8mm [.32] 1950mm [76.77]
B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
For 75mm and 100mm width duct. 2000mm [78.74]
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
50mm [1.97] 6.5mm [.26]
25mm [.98]
12.5mm [.49]
E1. Labeling System 4.5mm [.18]
1950mm [76.77]
50mm [1.97]
25mm [.98]
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C1.35
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PANDUCT ® Type NE Wiring Duct Dimensions Dimensions are shown for reference only. Contact customer service at 800-777-3300 for specific dimensional needs.
For .5" high duct. F
C
B2. Cable Accessories
D H
B
E
T
A
B3. Stainless Steel For 1", 1.25", 1.5", 1.75", 2", 2.5", 3", 4" and 5" high duct.
C1.Wiring Duct
F
C
D
C2. Surface Raceway
H
B
E
T
A
C3. Abrasion Protection Mounting Hole Dimensions For .5", .75", 1", and 1.5" wide duct.
C4. Cable Management
.50 TYP [12.7] .195 TYP [5.0] C L
D1.Terminals 4.0 [101.6] TYP
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
2.0 [50.8]
For 2.0", 2.5", 3" and 4" wide duct.
K K
E1. Labeling System 4.0 [101.6] TYP
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
2.0 [50.8]
C L
A
B
C
.5 x .5 (12.7) x (12.7) .5 x 1 (12.7) x (25.4) 1x1 (25.4) x (25.4) 1 x 1.5 (25.4) x (38.1) 1x2 (25.4) x (50.8) 1x3 (25.4) x (76.2) 1x4 (25.4) x (101.6) 1.5 x 1.5 (38.1) x (38.1) 1.5 x 2 (38.1) x (50.8) 1.5 x 3 (38.1) x (76.2) 1.5 x 4 (38.1) x (101.6) 2x1 (50.8) x (25.4) 2x2 (50.8) x (50.8) 2x3 (50.8) x (76.2) 2x4 (50.8) x (101.6) 2.5 x 3 (63.5) x (76.2) 3x1 (76.2) x (25.4) 3x2 (76.2) x (50.8) 3x3 (76.2) x (76.2) 3x4 (76.2) x (101.6) 3x5 (76.2) x (127.0) 4x2 (101.6) x (50.8) 4x3 (101.6) x (76.2) 4x4 (101.6) x (101.6) 4x5 (101.6) x (127.0)
.63 (16.0) .63 (16.0) 1.14 (29.0) 1.14 (29.0) 1.14 (29.0) 1.14 (29.0) 1.14 (29.0) 1.64 (41.7) 1.64 (41.7) 1.64 (41.7) 1.64 (41.7) 2.14 (54.4) 2.14 (54.4) 2.14 (54.4) 2.14 (54.4) 2.64 (67.1) 3.14 (79.8) 3.14 (79.8) 3.14 (79.8) 3.14 (79.8) 3.14 (79.8) 4.14 (105.2) 4.14 (105.2) 4.14 (105.2) 4.14 (105.2)
.56 (14.2) 1.06 (26.9) 1.06 (26.9) 1.62 (41.1) 2.06 (52.3) 3.06 (77.7) 4.06 (103.1) 1.62 (41.1) 2.06 (52.3) 3.06 (77.7) 4.06 (103.1) 1.06 (26.9) 2.06 (52.3) 3.06 (77.7) 4.06 (103.1) 3.06 (77.7) 1.06 (26.9) 2.06 (52.3) 3.06 (77.7) 4.06 (103.1) 5.06 (128.5) 2.06 (52.3) 3.06 (77.7) 4.06 (103.1) 5.06 (128.5)
.69 (17.5) .69 (17.5) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1.75 (44.5) 1.75 (44.5) 1.75 (44.5) 1.75 (44.5) 2.25 (57.2) 2.25 (57.2) 2.25 (57.2) 2.25 (57.2) 2.75 (69.9) 3.25 (82.6) 3.25 (82.6) 3.25 (82.6) 3.25 (82.6) 3.25 (82.6) 4.25 (108.0) 4.25 (108.0) 4.25 (108.0) 4.25 (108.0)
DIMENSIONS – Inches (mm) D E F .38 (9.7) .75 (19.1) .75 (19.1) 1.20 (30.5) 1.63 (41.4) 2.63 (66.8) 3.63 (92.2) 1.20 (30.5) 1.63 (41.4) 2.63 (66.8) 3.63 (92.2) .75 (19.1) 1.63 (41.4) 2.63 (66.8) 3.63 (92.2) 2.63 (66.8) .75 (19.1) 1.63 (41.4) 2.63 (66.8) 3.63 (92.2) 4.63 (117.6) 1.63 (41.4) 2.63 (66.8) 3.63 (92.2) 4.63 (117.6)
.37 (9.4) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .38 (9.7) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .38 (9.7)
.80 (20.3) .80 (20.3) .80 (20.3) .80 (20.3) .80 (20.3) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) .80 (20.3) .80 (20.3) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) .80 (20.3) .80 (20.3) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) .80 (20.3) .80 (20.3) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.33 (33.8) .80 (20.3) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.33 (33.8)
H .50 (12.7) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.8) 3.00 (76.2) 4.00 (101.6) 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.8) 3.00 (76.2) 4.00 (101.6) 1.00 (25.4) 2.00 (50.8) 3.00 (76.2) 4.00 (101.6) 3.00 (76.2) 1.00 (25.4) 2.00 (50.8) 3.00 (76.2) 4.00 (101.6) 5.00 (127.0) 2.00 (50.8) 3.00 (76.2) 4.00 (101.6) 5.00 (127.0)
K
ON CENTERLINE
B1.Cable Ties
DUCT SIZE (W x H)
.50 (12.7) .50 (12.7) .50 (12.7) .50 (12.7) .75 (19.1) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.50 (38.1) 1.50 (38.1) 1.50 (38.1) 1.50 (38.1)
T .05 (1.3) .06 (1.5) .06 (1.5) .07 (1.8) .07 (1.8) .07 (1.8) .08 (2.0) .07 (1.8) .07 (1.8) .07 (1.8) .08 (2.0) .06 (1.5) .07 (1.8) .07 (1.8) .08 (2.0) .07 (1.8) .06 (1.5) .07 (1.7) .07 (1.8) .08 (2.0) .09 (2.3) .07 (1.8) .07 (1.8) .08 (2.0) .09 (2.3)
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C1.36
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS PANDUCT ® Type H & HS Wiring Duct Dimensions
A. System Overview
Dimensions are shown for reference only. Contact customer service at 800-777-3300 for specific dimensional needs. B 1.98 (50.3) 3.06 (77.7) 1.98 (50.3) 3.06 (77.7) 4.10 (104.1) 3.06 (77.7) 4.10 (104.1) 4.10 (104.1)
C 1.88 (47.8) 1.88 (47.8) 2.29 (58.2) 2.29 (58.2) 4.38 (111.3) 3.38 (85.9) 3.38 (85.9) 4.38 (111.3)
DIMENSIONS – Inches (mm) D E F H 1.63 .31 .80 1.92 (41.4) (7.9) (20.3) (48.8) 2.63 .31 1.00 3.00 (66.8) (7.9) (25.4) (76.2) 1.57 .31 .80 1.92 (39.9) (7.9) (20.3) (48.8) 2.63 .31 1.00 3.00 (66.8) (7.9) (25.4) (76.2) 3.63 .31 1.00 4.00 (92.2) (7.9) (25.4) (101.6) 2.63 .31 1.00 3.00 (66.8) (7.9) (25.4) (76.2) 3.63 .31 1.00 4.00 (92.2) (7.9) (25.4) (101.6) 3.63 .31 1.00 4.00 (92.2) (7.9) (25.4) (101.6)
K
On CL
DUCT SIZE (W x H) A 1.5 x 2 1.75 (38.1) x (50.8) (44.5) 1.5 x 3 1.75 (38.1) x (76.2) (44.5) 2x2 2.17 (50.8) x (50.8) (55.1) 2x3 2.17 (50.8) x (76.2) (55.1) 2x4 2.17 (50.8) x (101.6) (55.1) 3x3 3.25 (76.2) x (76.2) (82.6) 3x4 3.25 (76.2) x (101.6) (82.6) 4x4 4.25 (101.6) x (101.6) (108.0)
.50 (12.7) .50 (12.7) .50 (12.7) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.50 (38.1)
T .08 (2.0) .10 (2.5) .08 (2.0) .10 (2.5) .10 (2.7) .10 (2.5) .11 (2.8) .11 (2.8)
B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
100
C2. Surface Raceway
C
F
For 1.5", 2.0", 3", 4" wide duct.
K D H
C L
K
B
C3. Abrasion Protection
T
4.0 [101.6] TYP
E
2.0 [50.8]
C4. Cable Management
A
PANDUCT ® Type FL Wiring Duct Dimensions D1.Terminals
Dimensions are shown for reference only. Dimensions are in mm (in.). Contact customer service at 800-777-3300 for specific dimensional needs. ELECTRICAL
Mounting Hole Dimensions For FL12X12LG-A
10 AWG 12 AWG NOMINAL 3.9 3.1 DUCT SIZE NOMINAL AREA (Wx H) 2 THHN THHN mm mm 12 x 12
144
3
5
25 x 25
625
12
19
50 x 50
2500
43
67
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
25.0 TYP [.98] 5.0 TYP [.20]
8.0 TYP [.31]
12.5 [.49]
A
Note: Type FL Wiring Duct has factory applied adhesive. For 50 x 50 two strips of tape are used; otherwise, only one strip is centered on the part.
6.2 TYP [.25]
E1. Labeling System
C L 4.0 TYP [.16]
E2. Labels
For FL25X25LG-A & FL50X50LG-A
A
12.5 TYP [.49] 12.5 [.49] C L
B
Note: ‘B’ dimension is without adhesive.
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
25.0 TYP [.98]
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C1.37
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PANDUCT ® Type D, G, F & FS Wiring Duct – Wirefill Capacity ELECTRICAL
B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
NOMINAL DUCT SIZE NOMINAL (W x H) 2 inches AREA in .5 x .5 .250 .5 x 1 .500 .5 x 2 1.000 .75 x .75 .563 .75 x 1 .750 .75 x 1.5 1.125 .75 x 2 1.500 1x1 1.000 1 x 1.5 1.500 1x2 2.000 1x3 3.000 1x4 4.000 1.5 x 1 1.500 1.5 x 1.5 2.250 1.5 x 2 3.000 1.5 x 3 4.500 1.5 x 4 6.000 2x1 2.000 2 x 1.5 3.000 2x2 4.000 2x3 6.000 2x4 8.000 2x5 10.000 2.5 x 3 7.500 3x1 3.000 3x2 6.000 3x3 9.000 3x4 12.000 3x5 15.000 4 x 1.5 6.000 4x2 8.000 4x3 12.000 4x4 16.000 4x5 20.000 6x4 24.000
8 AWG .216 THHN 3 6 12 7 9 14 18 12 18 24 37 49 18 28 37 55 73 24 37 49 73 98 122 92 37 73 110 147 184 73 98 147 196 245 294
10 AWG .153 THHN 6 12 24 14 18 27 37 24 37 49 73 98 37 55 73 110 146 49 73 98 146 195 244 183 73 146 220 293 366 146 195 293 391 488 586
12 AWG .122 .158 THHN 10 19 38 22 29 43 58 38 58 77 115 154 58 86 115 173 230 77 115 154 230 307 384 288 115 230 346 461 576 230 307 461 614 768 921
MTW 6 11 23 13 17 26 34 23 34 46 69 92 34 52 69 103 137 46 69 92 137 183 229 172 69 137 206 275 343 137 183 275 366 458 549
.105 THHN 13 26 52 29 39 58 78 52 78 104 155 207 78 117 155 233 311 104 155 207 311 415 518 389 155 311 466 622 777 311 415 622 829 1037 1244
14 AWG .139 MTW 7 15 30 17 22 33 44 30 44 59 89 118 44 67 89 133 177 59 89 118 177 237 296 222 89 177 266 355 444 177 237 355 473 592 710
.165 MTW 5 10 21 12 16 24 31 21 31 42 63 84 31 47 63 94 126 42 63 84 126 168 210 157 63 126 189 252 315 126 268 252 336 420 504
COMMUNICATION 16 AWG .096 .125 TFFN 16 31 62 35 47 70 93 62 93 124 186 248 93 140 186 279 372 124 186 248 372 496 620 465 186 372 558 744 930 372 496 744 992 1240 1488
MTW 9 18 37 21 27 41 55 37 55 73 110 146 55 82 110 165 219 73 110 146 219 293 366 274 110 219 329 439 549 319 293 439 585 731 878
18 AWG .084 .113 TFFN 20 40 81 46 61 91 121 81 121 162 243 324 121 182 243 364 486 162 243 324 486 648 810 607 243 486 729 972 1215 486 648 972 1296 1620 1944
MTW 11 22 45 25 34 50 67 45 67 90 134 179 67 101 134 201 269 90 134 179 269 358 448 336 134 269 403 537 671 269 358 537 716 895 1074
22 AWG .065 MTW 34 68 135 76 101 152 203 135 203 270 406 541 203 304 406 609 811 270 406 541 811 1082 1352 1014 406 811 1217 1623 2029 811 1082 1623 2164 2705 3246
.217
24 AWG .250
UTP/CM CAT 5e
STP/CM CAT 6
UTP/CM
3 6 12 7 9 14 18 12 18 24 36 49 18 27 36 55 73 24 36 49 73 97 121 91 36 73 109 146 182 73 97 146 194 243 291
2 5 9 5 7 10 14 9 14 18 27 37 14 21 27 41 55 18 27 37 55 73 91 69 27 55 82 110 137 55 73 110 146 183 219
1 2 3 2 2 4 5 3 5 6 10 13 5 7 10 14 19 6 10 13 19 26 32 24 10 19 29 39 48 19 26 39 51 64 77
.422
See page C1.43 for wiring duct color and size availability. Not all sizes available for each duct type. Wirefill is based on 50% cross-sectional area.
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
Formula used to calculate fill capacity:
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
Formula to approximate wiring duct size needed:
Wire O.D.
1. Determine the number of wires the duct will need to contain. 2. Determine the wire outside diameter (for multiple wires see formula at left. 3. Calculate the wirefill comparison area using the following formula: Wirefill Comparison Area = Number of Wires x [1.75 x (Wire O.D.)2]
Σ (Number of Wires x Wire O.D.) Number of Wires
Example: 15 wires with .165" O.D = 28 wires with .065" O.D. = 16 wires with .125" O.D. = 59 6.295 – 59 = Wire O.D.
F. Index
C1.38
Duct W x H 1.75 x (Wire O.D.)2
See page C1.41 for explanation of wirefill formula.
Wire O.D. for multiple wire types: E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
Number of Wires =
15 x .165 285 x .065 16 x .125 total wires =
= = = =
2.475 1.820 2.000 6.295
.107
Example: Wirefill Comparison Area = 59 x [1.75 x (.107) 2] = 59 x .020 = 1.182
4. Choose a Duct with W x H equal to or greater than the result from step 3. Area of Selected Duct > = Calculated Wirefill Comparison Area Example: For Duct Size .75" x 1.5" Duct Area = .75 x 1.5 = 1.125 sq. in. (No good 1.125 < 1.182) For Duct Size 1.5" x 1" Duct Area = 1.5 x 1 = 1.1500 sq. in. (Good 1.500 > 1.182)
In the above example 1" x 1.5" duct or larger could also be used.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS PANDUCT ® Type MC, NNC & TMC Wiring Duct – Wirefill Capacity ELECTRICAL NOMINAL DUCT SIZE NOMINAL AREA (W x H) 2 mm. mm 25 x 25 625 25 x 37 925 25 x 50 1250 25 x 62 1550 25 x 75 1875 37 x 37 1369 37 x 50 1850 37 x 62 2294 37 x 75 2775 50 x 50 2500 50 x 75 3750 50 x 100 5000 62 x 37 2294 62 x 62 3844 75 x 50 3750 75 x 62 4650 75 x 75 75 x 100 100 x 50 100 x 62 100 x 75 100 x 100
5625 7500 5000 6200 7500 10000
8 AWG 5.5
10 AWG 3.9
12 AWG 3.1
4.0
THHN 12 18 24 29 36 26 35 44 53 47 71 95 44 73 71 88
THHN 24 35 47 59 71 52 70 87 105 95 142 189 87 145 142 176
THHN 37 55 74 92 112 81 110 136 165 149 223 298 136 229 223 277
107 142 95 118 142 190
213 284 189 235 284 378
335 446 298 369 446 595
A. System Overview COMMUNICATION
2.7
14 AWG 3.5
16 AWG
18 AWG
4.2
2.4
3.2
2.1
2.9
22 AWG 1.7
MTW 22 33 44 55 67 49 66 81 98 89 133 177 81 136 133 165
THHN 50 74 100 125 151 110 149 184 223 201 301 402 184 309 301 374
MTW 29 42 57 71 86 63 85 105 127 115 172 229 105 176 172 213
MTW 20 30 41 50 61 45 60 75 90 81 122 163 75 125 122 151
THHN 60 89 120 149 180 132 178 220 267 240 360 481 220 369 360 447
MTW 35 52 71 88 106 78 105 130 157 142 213 283 130 218 213 264
THHN 78 116 157 195 235 172 232 288 348 314 471 628 288 483 471 584
MTW 43 64 87 108 130 95 128 159 193 173 260 347 159 267 260 323
MTW 131 194 262 325 393 287 388 481 582 524 786 1048 481 806 786 975
200 266 177 220 266 355
452 603 402 498 603 803
258 344 229 284 344 458
183 244 163 202 244 325
541 721 481 596 721 961
319 425 283 351 425 567
706 941 628 778 941 1255
390 520 347 430 520 694
1179 1572 1048 1300 1572 2096
5.5
24 AWG 6.4
10.7
UTP/CM CAT 5e
STP/CM CAT 6
UTP/CM
12 17 24 29 35 26 35 43 52 47 71 94 43 72 71 87
9 13 18 22 27 19 26 33 39 35 53 71 33 54 53 66
3 5 6 8 9 7 9 11 14 12 19 25 11 19 19 23
106 141 94 117 141 188
80 106 71 88 106 142
28 37 25 31 37 50
B1.Cable Ties
See page C1.43 for wiring duct color and size availability. Not all sizes available for each duct type. Wirefill is based on 50% cross-sectional area. Formula for 50% wirefill = Nominal Area/(1.75 x D2)
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
C1. Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
PANDUCT ® Type H & HS Wiring Duct – Wirefill Capacity ELECTRICAL 10 NOMINAL 8 AWG AWG DUCT NOMINAL .216 .153 SIZE AREA (W x H) 2 THHN THHN inches in 1.5 x 2
12 AWG .122 .158
.105
14 AWG .139
.165
COMMUNICATION 16 AWG .096 .125
18 AWG .084 .113
22 AWG .065
D1. Terminals .217
24 AWG .250
.422
UTP/CM CAT 6
UTP/CM
25
9
THHN
MTW
THHN
MTW
MTW
THHN
MTW
THHN
MTW
MTW
UTP/CM CAT 5e
108
64
147
83
59
175
103
229
126
383
34
3.000
34
69
1.5 x 3
4.500
52
103
163
97
220
125
89
263
155
344
190
575
51
38
13
2x2
4.000
46
92
145
86
196
111
79
234
138
306
169
511
45
34
12
2x3
6.000
69
138
217
129
294
167
119
351
207
459
253
767
68
51
18
2x4
8.000
92
184
290
173
392
223
158
469
276
612
338
1023
91
69
24
3x3
9.000
104
207
326
194
441
251
178
527
311
689
380
1151
103
77
27
3x4
12.000
139
277
435
259
588
335
238
703
415
919
507
1535
137
103
36
4x4
16.000
185
369
581
346
784
447
317
938
553
1225
677
2047
183
138
48
Wirefill is based on 50% cross-sectional area. Formula for 50% wirefill = Nominal Area/(1.85 x D2)
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
PANDUCT ® Type FL Wiring Duct – Wirefill Capacity E3. Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
ELECTRICAL 10 AWG 12 AWG NOMINAL 3.9 3.1 DUCT SIZE NOMINAL AREA (Wx H) 2 THHN THHN mm mm 12 x 12
144
3
5
25 x 25
625
12
19
50 x 50
2500
43
67
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
Wirefill is based on 50% cross-sectional area.
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C1.39
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PANDUCT ® Type NE Wiring Duct – Wirefill Capacity ELECTRICAL
B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
C1. Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
NOMINAL DUCT SIZE NOMINAL (W x H) 2 inches AREA in .5 x .5 .250 .5 x 1 .500 1x1 1.000 1 x 1.5 1.500 1x2 2.000 1x3 3.000 1x4 4.000 1.5 x 1.5 2.250 1.5 x 2 3.000 1.5 x 3 4.500 1.5 x 4 6.000 2x1 2.000 2x2 4.000 2x3 6.000 2x4 8.000 2.5 x 3 7.500 3x1 3.000 3x2 6.000 3x3 9.000 3x4 12.000 3x5 15.000 4x2 8.000 4x3 12.000 4x4 16.000 4x5 20.000
8 AWG .216 THHN 3 5 11 16 21 32 43 24 32 48 64 21 43 64 86 80 32 64 96 129 161 86 129 171 214
10 AWG .153 THHN 5 11 21 32 43 64 85 48 64 96 128 43 85 128 171 160 64 128 192 256 320 171 256 342 427
12 AWG .122 .158 THHN 8 17 34 50 67 101 134 76 101 151 202 67 134 202 269 252 101 202 302 403 504 269 403 537 672
MTW 5 10 20 30 40 60 80 45 60 90 120 40 80 120 160 150 60 120 180 240 300 160 240 320 401
.105 THHN 11 23 45 68 91 136 181 102 136 204 272 91 181 272 363 340 136 272 408 544 680 363 544 726 907
14 AWG .139 MTW 6 13 26 39 52 78 104 58 78 116 155 52 104 155 207 194 78 155 233 311 388 207 311 414 518
.165 MTW 5 9 18 28 37 55 73 41 55 83 110 37 73 110 147 138 55 110 165 220 275 147 220 294 367
COMMUNICATION 16 AWG .096 .125 TFFN 14 27 54 81 109 163 217 122 163 244 326 109 217 326 434 407 163 326 488 651 814 434 651 868 1085
MTW 8 16 32 48 64 96 128 72 96 144 192 64 128 192 256 240 96 192 288 384 480 256 384 512 640
18 AWG .084 .113 TFFN 18 35 71 106 142 213 283 159 213 319 425 142 283 425 567 531 213 425 638 850 1063 567 850 1134 1417
MTW 10 20 39 59 78 117 157 88 117 176 235 78 157 235 313 294 117 235 352 470 587 313 470 627 783
22 AWG .065 MTW 30 59 118 178 237 355 473 266 355 533 710 237 473 710 947 888 355 710 1065 1420 1775 947 1420 1893 2367
.217
24 AWG .250
.422
UTP/CM CAT 5e
STP/CM CAT 6
UTP/CM
3 5 11 16 21 32 42 24 32 48 64 21 42 64 85 80 32 64 96 127 159 85 127 170 212
2 4 8 12 16 24 32 18 24 36 48 16 32 48 64 60 24 48 72 96 120 64 96 128 160
1 1 3 4 6 8 11 6 8 13 17 6 11 17 22 21 8 17 25 34 42 22 34 45 56
Wirefill is based on 50% cross-sectional area.
D1. Terminals
Formula used to calculate fill capacity:
Number of Wires =
Duct W x H 2.00 x (Wire O.D.)2
See page C1.41 for explanation of wirefill formula.
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
Formula to approximate wiring duct size needed:
1. Determine the number of wires the duct will need to contain. 2. Determine the wire outside diameter (for multiple wires see formula at left. 3. Calculate the necessary wirefill comparison area using the following formula: Wirefill Comparison Area = Number of Wires x [2 x (Wire O.D.)2]
Wire O.D. for multiple wire types:
E2. Labels
E3. Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
Wire O.D.
=
Σ (Number of Wires x Wire O.D.) Number of Wires
Example: 15 wires with .165" O.D = 15 x .165 28 wires with .065" O.D. = 285 x .065 16 wires with .125" O.D. = 16 x .125 59 total wires 6.295 –: 59 = Wire O.D.
=
= = = =
2.475 1.820 2.000 6.295
.107
2
Example: Wirefill Comparison Area = 59 x [2 x (.107) ] = 59 x .020 = 1.357
4. Choose a Duct with W x H equal to or greater than the result from step 3. > Area of Selected Duct = Calculated Wirefill Comparison Area Example: For Duct Size .75" x 1.5" Duct Area = .75 x 1.5 = 1.125 sq. in. (No good 1.125 < 1.1357 For Duct Size 1.5" x 1" Duct Area = 1.5 x 1 = 1.1500 sq. in. (Good 1.500 > 1.357)
In the above example 1" x 1.5" duct or larger could also be used.
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C1.40
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS Wirefill Formula (Flush cover duct Types G, F, FS, D, H, HS, MC, NNC & TMC) General Formula
A. System Overview
B1.Cable Ties
PANDUIT Wiring Duct wirefills are calculated using the following general formula:
B2. Cable Accessories
Why use a 50% Wirefill? As specified in NFPA79-2002 section 14.5.2, Percentage Fills of Raceways (Ducts), a 50% wirefill is given as the maximum wirefill capacity in all PANDUIT Wiring Ducts. This helps ensure general safe wiring practices are followed. In actual practice, a 50% wirefill is the maximum amount of wiring the duct can hold given the additional airspace created between cables by non-uniform cable shapes, cable interlacing and cable packing factors.
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
What is the Usable Duct Area? The usable area we define as the calculation of internal area that can be occupied by wires or cables. Calculation of Internal Area
C2. Surface Raceway
Air Space Allotment In our wirefill formula an adjustment is made to the channel internal area to account for “unusable” air space that will be present between cables when placed in the channel. Our formula assumes a uniform close packed or high-density cable arrangement (see diagram) (Note 1).
Since we use the outer channel dimensions in our calculation we make an adjustment in our formula for the thickness of material and for design elements that extend inside the channel.
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
Considering these factors the usable duct area is equal to an average of 90% of the nominal area, or (W x H) x .90.
Wire Area The wire area formula is converted to allow calculation using the cable diameter:
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
Formula Derivation Inserting the elements from above into the general formula results in the following:
E2. Labels
Simplifying this formula results in the formula used for wire fill calculation (Note 2): E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
NOTE: When calculating wirefill capacity using the above formula, variables W, H and D must be expressed in same units (i.e. mm or inches).
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
1 This calculation does not account for additional airspace created between cables by non-uniform cable shapes, cable interlacing and cable packing factors. 2 The resulting formula is used for all PANDUIT Flush Cover Ducts, this excludes Type NE duct which has a different profile design that results in a 2 2 divisor of 2.0 x D (rather than 1.75 x D as shown here) and Type H and HS Wiring Duct with a profile design that results in a divisor of 1.85 x D 2.
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C1.41
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PANDUCT ® Wiring Duct and Raceway – Material Specifications LOW SMOKE/ LOW NORYL POLYPROPYLENE TOXICITY (NE) (FL) (TMC)
UNITS
TEST METHOD
LEADFREE PVC
g/cc °F 10-5 in/in/°F
ASTM D 792 ASTM D 648 ASTM D 696
1.45 156 3.7
1.09 215 3.8
1.08 212 3.8
.95 117 N/A
1.56 222 3.8
(BTU-in/hr-ft )°F
ASTM C 177
1.3
1.3
1.1
N/A
N/A
— — — kW/m2
UL94 ASTM E 662 ASTM D 2863 ASTM E 1354
V-0 538 35 N/A
V-0 513 30 N/A
V-1 782 30 N/A
V-2 N/A 25 N/A
V-0 92 58 49.3
“D” “R”
ASTM D 2240 ASTM D 785
78 111
N/A 116
85 115
N/A N/A
N/A 118
psi psi
ASTM D 638 ASTM D 638
6,200 390,000
7,700 350,000
6,900 380,000
3,770 172,000
6,600 316,000
psi psi
ASTM D 790 ASTM D 790
8,700 325,000
11,500 340,000
11,400 365,000
4,350 181,250
11,900 317,000
4.0 1.6
5.0 2.0
5.0 N/A
1.80 N/A
3.0 N/A
2.90 4.00
N/A N/A
N/A N/A
N/A N/A
N/A N/A
3.90 3.30
N/A N/A
2.65 N/A
N/A N/A
N/A N/A
690 700
N/A N/A
400 N/A
N/A N/A
N/A N/A
B1.Cable Ties
PROPERTIES
HALOGEN FREE MODIFIED PPO (NNC)
GENERAL B2. Cable Accessories
Specific Gravity Heat Deflection Temperature @264 psi Thermal Expansion
2
Thermal Conductivity B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
BURNING CHARACTERISTICS Flammability Class Smoke Density @ 4 Minutes Limited Oxygen Index (LOI) Peak Heat Release Rate
HARDNESS Durometer Hardness Rockwell Hardness
C2. Surface Raceway
TENSILE Strength at Yield Modulus
C3. Abrasion Protection
FLEXURAL Strength at Yield Modulus
IMPACT STRENGTH C4. Cable Management
Notched Izod (.125'') 23°C (73°F) 0°C (32°F)
ASTM D 256 ft-lb/in ft-lb/in
ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C1.42
Power Factor: 60 Hz @30°C (86°F) 1 MHz @30°C (86°F) Dielectric Constant: 60 Hz @30°C (86°F) 1 MHz @30°C (86°F) Dielectric Strength: Normal Moist
ASTM D 150 — — ASTM D 150 — — volts/mil volts/mil
ASTM D 149 IEC 243-1
Note: To the best of our knowledge the above information is accurate. PANDUIT assumes no liability for the accuracy or completeness of this information.
Rigid Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)
Halogen Free (Modified PPO)
NORYL* Halogen Free
A general purpose material for use in indoor applications. PVC has a UL flammability rating of V-0 and is UL94 Recognized for continuous use temperatures up to 122°F (50°C). PVC is an economical wiring duct material.
A special purpose material for use in halogen free or high temperature applications. Modified PPO has a UL94 flammability rating of V-0 and is UL Recognized for continuous use temperatures up to 203°F (95°C), and is 20% lighter than PVC.
A special purpose material for use in halogen free or high temperature applications. NORYL* has a UL94 flammability rating of V-1 and is UL Recognized for continuous use temperatures up to 203°F (95°C), and is 20% lighter than PVC.
Polypropylene A flexible material with a UL94 flammability rating of V-2 and that is UL Recognized for continuous use temperatures up to 149°F (65°C).
Low Smoke/ Low Toxicity A special purpose material for use where low smoke, low toxicity and low flammability characteristics are critical. Ideally suited for transportation industry regulations. Low smoke/ low toxicity has a UL94 flammability rating of V-0 and is UL Recognized for continuous use temperatures up to 176°F (80°C).
*NORYL is a registered trademark of General Electric Company.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS PANDUCT ® Wiring Duct and Raceway – Color and Size Selection
Duct Size WxH (inches) .5 x .5 .5 x 1 .5 x 2 .5 x 4 .75 x .75 .75 x 1 .75 x 1.5 .75 x 2 1x1 1 x 1.5 1x2 1 x 2.5 1x3 1x4 1.5 x 1 1.5 x 1.5 1.5 x 2 1.5 x 2.5 1.5 x 3 1.5 x 4 2x1 2 x 1.5 2x2 2x3 2x4 2x5 2.5 x 1.5 2.5 x 2.5 2.5 x 3 3x1 3x2 3 x 2.5 3x3 3x4 3x5 4 x 1.5 4x2 4 x 2.5 4x3 4x4 4x5 6x4
LG Light Gray G G G G G G G G G G G
F FS F FS
F FS F FS F FS D
NNC25X25 NNC25X37 NNC25X50
G G G G G
F F F F F
FS D FS D FS FS FS D H HS
NNC25X75
G G G G G G G G
F F F F F F F F
FS D D FS FS FS D FS D FS D
NNC37X75
F FS F
H HS
DG Dark Gray
WH White
NNC37X37 NNC37X50
H HS NNC50X50 H HS NNC50X75 H HS NNC50X100
G G G G G G G G G G G
F FS F
BL Black
IB Intrinsic Blue*
A. System Overview
BR Beige
IG International B1.Cable Ties Gray
NE NE
B2. Cable Accessories F FS F F FS F F
NE NE NE
NNC25X25 NNC25X37 NNC25X50
G G G
G G G G G
F D NE D NE F F FS F FS NE F NE
NNC25X75
G
H
NNC37X37 HS NNC37X50
G
G G G G G G G G
F F F F F F F F
H
HS NNC37X75
H H H
HS NNC50X50 HS NNC50X75 HS NNC50X10
D NE D NE FS NE FS FS D NE FS D NE D NE
G G
G G FS G G D G G
G TMC25X37 G
D D
G FS G D H G G G
TMC37X37
D H D
G G FS G FS D H HS G G D H G G D H G
G G
TMC50X50
MC25X25 MC25X37 MC25X50 MC25X62 MC25X75
MC37X37 MC37X50 MC37X62 MC37X75
MC50X50 MC50X75 MC50X100 MC62X37 MC62X62
G D G F FS G F FS D
G G F FS G F FS
G G G G G
G G G G G
F FS D H HS NNC75X75 F FS D H HS F FS FS F FS D NNC100X50
G F FS D NNC100X75 G F FS D H HS NNC100X10 G F FS G FS
NE NE NE
F FS D NE F FS D NE F FS NE F FS
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
G G H H
NE
G F FS NE G F FS D NE G F NE G
B3. Stainless Steel
HS NNC75X75 HS
NNC100X5
H
NNC100X7 HS NNC100X1
G FS
G FS G FS D H G G D H G G G D G G G FS G FS D H HS G G G
TMC75X50 G G
G
TMC75X75
MC75X50 MC75X62 MC75X75 MC75X100
TMC100X50 MC100X50 MC100X62 TMC100X75 MC100X75 MC100X10
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
*Intrinsic Blue Color – IB Intrinsic Blue wiring duct is made from the same lead-free PVC material as our standard PVC duct. Intrinsic Blue is an internationally recognized standard blue color that identifies the wiring duct as “incapable of releasing sufficient electrical or thermal energy under normal or abnormal conditions to cause ignition of a specific hazardous atmospheric mixture in its most easily ignited concentrations.” *ISA-RD12.6 (Instrument Society of America)
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C1.43
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
Installation Tips: Application of Latex Paint on PANDUCT ® Wiring Duct The following is recommended to properly prepare the surface of the wiring duct/raceway and covers for the best adhesion of latex paint:
B1.Cable Ties
1. Clean surface with mild soap and water solution or mineral spirits with a clean lint free towel. Allow to dry. B2. Cable Accessories
2. Using a sanding pad (such as synthetic stripping pad or medium/fine steel wool), slightly roughen the surface to be painted. 3. Apply a coat of all-purpose 100% Acrylic primer and allow to dry.
B3. Stainless Steel
4. Apply the desired topcoat of latex paint and allow to dry. 5. Install the wiring duct/raceway and covers.
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
Cutting Wiring Duct and Cover For small quantities, use the DCT Duct Cutting Tool on page C1.30. For larger quantities use a miter cutting saw blade for clean burr-free cuts. Recommended blade: Carbide 80T or 100T; .90" thickness, .125 kerf.
Recommended Precaution when Using Type NNC and NE Wiring Duct Cleaning solvents and cutting fluids that contain any of the following chemical agents should not come in contact with Type NNC or Type NE wiring duct. These chemicals are known to cause stress cracking in the halogen free PPO material. • Hydrocarbons • Phenols
C4. Cable Management
• Ketones • Amines • Ethers • Organic, Inorganic and Oxidizing Acids
D1.Terminals
• Petrol Note: PANDUIT assumes no liability for the accuracy or completeness of this list.
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
Part Number System for Wiring Duct E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
G
.5
Type
Nominal Width
G E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
= Wide Finger In. or mm Flush Design F = Narrow Finger Flush Design FS = Solid Wall Flush Design H = Wide Finger Hinged Design HS = Solid Wall Hinged Design D = Round Hole Flush Design NNC = Halogen Free Design NE = NORYL* Wide Finger Design MC = Metric Narrow Finger Design TMC = Low Smoke Metric Design
X
.5
LG
6
Nominal Height
Color
Length
In. or mm
ft. or M LG = Light Gray DG = Dark Gray WH = White BL = Black IB = Intrinsic Blue BR = Beige IG = International Grey
-A –A = Adhesive Backed = Without Adhesive (leave blank) NM = No Mounting Holes
F. Index *NORYL is a registered trademark of General Electric Company.
C1.44
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PANDUIT Wiring Duct Approvals and Compliances
B1.Cable Ties
Logo (Symbol)
Logo (Symbol)
Agency
Spec/Approval
Requirement
Applicable Products
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
File No. E147128
UL Standard 1565 “Positioning Devices.”
All types of Wiring Duct
Canadian Standards Association
File No. 016446, 210335
CSA Standard C22.2 No.18.5-02 “Positioning Devices.”
All types of Wiring Duct
Conformite European
LVD 73/23/EEC Attended by 93/68/EEC
ENC50085 cable trunking system and cable ducting systems for electrical installations
Wiring Duct Types: H, HS, G, F, D, MC, FS, NNC, TMC and NE
Agency
DIN (Deutsches Institut fur Normung), German Institute for Standardization
National Fire Protection Agency
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
Complies with:
DIN 43 659
Requirement This European standard specifies dimensions for slotted trunkings that will be used in electrical switchgear assemblies and that conform to the corresponding requirements in DIN VDE 060 Part 506. The dimensions specified with the standard include: • The channel mounting hole pattern, slot dimensions, pitch and location • The distance from the first to last like size mounting hole • Minimum overall product length
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
Applicable Products
C2. Surface Raceway
Wiring Duct Types: MC, TMC and NNC
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
NFPA 79-2002, section 14.3.1
“Nonmetallic ducts shall be permitted (inside enclosures) only when they are made with a flame retardant material.” Flame-retardant material is defined in the standard by the IEC 60332-1 test method.
Wiring Duct Types: H, G, F, D, MC, NNC and TMC
NFPA 79-2002, section 14.5.2
PANDUIT Wiring Duct publishes a maximum percentage wire fill for common wire types equal to 50 percent of the interior cross-sectional area of the duct.
Wiring Duct Types: H, G, F, FS, D, MC, NNC and TMC
NFPA 79-2002, section 14.1.4.9
PANDUIT bend radius control accessories can be mounted at right angle and tee Duct Corner Strip with 1" junctions created using wiring duct in order Bend Radius Control to maintain cable bend radius control.
NFPA 130, 2003 edition
Performance Criteria for the Flammability and Smoke Emission Characteristics of Materials used in Fixed Guideway Vehicles and Passenger Rail Cars.
UL508, section 15
An insulating barrier (divider wall) shall be manufactured from an insulating material exhibiting minimum properties including High Current Arc Resistance to ignition (HAI), Hot Wire Ignition (HWI), Comparative Tracking Index (CTI), electrical Relative Thermal Index (RTI) and flame class.
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
Type TMC Wiring Duct
E2. Labels
PVC Divider Wall E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C1.45
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PANDUIT Wiring Duct Approvals and Compliances (continued) B1.Cable Ties
Logo (Symbol)
Description
Spec/Approval
Requirement
Applicable Products
Elevated Temperature
PANDUIT logo
Material is rated for a continuous use temperature above 167°F (75°C).
Wiring Duct Types: NE, NNC and NNC
Halogen Free IEC 60754-2
PANDUIT logo
Material contains no fluorine, bromide or chlorine and will not emit any corrosive or toxic gases when burned, confirmed using IEC 60754-2 test method.
Wiring Duct Types: NE and NNC
Low Flammability UL94V-0
PANDUIT logo
Per UL standard, material is self-extinguishing and has excellent fire resistance.
Wiring Duct Types: NNC, TMC and all PVC wiring duct
Low Smoke ASTM E 662
PANDUIT logo
Per ASTM test method and NFPA 130 Standard, material exceeds the requirements for low smoke generating material.
Wiring Duct Type TMC
Low Toxicity Boeing and Airbus BSS-7239, ATS 1000.1
PANDUIT logo
Per the Boeing and Airbus test standards, material exceeds the requirements for low levels of toxic gas release.
Wiring Duct Types: NNC and TMC
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C1.46
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
FIBER-DUCT ™ ROUTING SYSTEM PANDUIT provides leading solutions for cable routing. These routing products are compatible with our cable management solutions increasing your ability to maintain an orderly and clean work environment, implement quick and easy moves, adds and changes and maintain the integrity of your fiber and copper cabling plant in order to maximize long-term performance.
B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
• Two system sizes available: 4x4 and 2x2 • Minimum 2" (50.8mm) bend radius fittings protect against signal loss due to excessive cable bends
C1.Wiring Duct
• Snap-on non-slip covers • Compatible with PANDUIT ® FIBERRUNNER ® 12x4, 6x4, 4x4 and 2x2 Routing Systems
The 2x2 and 4x4 FIBER-DUCT ™ Routing Systems are comprised of channel, fittings and brackets designed to segregate, route and protect fiber optic and copper cabling to and between racks within the telecommunications room.
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C1.47
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
2x2 and 4x4 FIBER-DUCT ™ Routing Systems Roadmap B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
7 6
B3. Stainless Steel
11
5 10 8
C1.Wiring Duct
4
12
3
C2. Surface Raceway
9
C3. Abrasion Protection
14
C4. Cable Management
2 13 D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
1
FIBER-DUCT ™ Mounting Brackets
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
Existing Threaded Rod Bracket for FIBER-DUCT ™ System
New Threaded Rod Bracket for FIBER-DUCT ™ System
Under-Floor Pedestal Bracket for FIBER-DUCT ™ System
Bracket for Attaching Threaded Rod to 1 1/2" Ladder Rack
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C1.48
Ladder Rack Bracket for FIBER-DUCT ™ System
“L” Wall Mount Bracket for FIBER-DUCT ™ System
Strut Metal Framing Bracket
Adjustable “Z” Bracket
Top Rail of Rack Support Bracket
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
B1.Cable Ties
1 Coupler Fitting (see page C1.50)
B2. Cable Accessories
2 End Cap Fitting (see page C1.51) B3. Stainless Steel
3 Four Way Cross Fitting (see page C1.51) C1.Wiring Duct
4 Inside Vertical Right Angle (see page C1.51)
5 Outside Vertical Right Angle (see page C1.51)
6 Inside Vertical 45° Angle (see page C1.51)
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
7 Outside Vertical 45° Angle (see page C1.51)
C4. Cable Management
8 Horizontal Tee Fitting (see page C1.51)
D1.Terminals
9
Vertical Tee Fitting (see page C1.52)
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
10 Horizontal Right Angle Fitting (see page C1.50) E1. Labeling System
11 Reducer Fitting (see page C1.51) E2. Labels ™ 12 FIBER-DUCT Channel (see page C1.50)
™ 13 FIBER-DUCT Slotted Channel (see page C1.50)
14
Bend Radius Control Trumpet (see page C1.53)
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C1.49
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
2x2 and 4x4 FIBER-DUCT ™ Routing Systems B1.Cable Ties
• Channel, covers, fittings and other non-metallic system components made from V-0 flame class rated material • Snap on non-slip covers
B2. Cable Accessories
• Compatible with PANDUIT ® FIBERRUNNER ® 2x2, 4x4, 6x4 and 12x4 Routing Systems
Part Number
System Size
Part Description
Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Qty. Qty.
FIBER-DUCT ™ Channel B3. Stainless Steel
S2X2YL6NM
Used to carry the cables throughout the FIBER-DUCT ™ Routing System. Accepts cover C2YL6. Cover sold separately.
2x2
6
120
S4X4YL6NM
Used to carry the cables throughout the FIBER-DUCT ™ Routing System. Accepts cover C4YL6. Cover sold separately.
4x4
6
60
S2X2 S4X4
C1.Wiring Duct
FIBER-DUCT ™ Slotted Channel E2X2YL6
Used to carry the cables vertically to the front or the back of equipment racks throughout the system. Accepts cover C2YL6. Extra supports required when used in horizontal applications. Cover sold separately.
2x2
6
120
E4X4YL6
Used to carry the cables vertically to the front or the back of equipment racks throughout the system. Accepts cover C4YL6. Extra supports required when used in horizontal applications. Cover sold separately.
4x4
6
60
C2. Surface Raceway
E2X2 E4X4 C3. Abrasion Protection
FIBER-DUCT ™ Cover C2YL6
Cover for FIBER-DUCT ™ channel and FIBER-DUCT ™ slotted channel. Non-slip cover design incorporates integral high friction lining to inhibit cover movement.
2x2
6
120
C4YL6
Cover for FIBER-DUCT ™ channel and FIBER-DUCT ™ slotted channel. Non-slip cover design incorporates integral high friction lining to inhibit cover movement.
4x4
6
120
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
C2 C4 NOTE: Available with mounting holes. To order, delete NM from the part number. For fastest installation use NR2WH-L or NR4BL-L Snap Rivets. For other colors replace YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black). Order number of feet required, in multiples of standard 6' length increments.
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
FIBER-DUCT ™ System Fittings
Part Number E2. Labels
FCF2X2 FCF4X4
FCF2X2YL
Used to join two sections of duct together. FIBER-DUCT ™ coupler is not required at each fitting connection.
2x2
1
5
4x4
1
5
2x2
1
5
4x4
1
5
Horizontal Right Angle Fitting FRA2X2 FRA4X4
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
Part Description
Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Qty. Qty.
Coupler Fitting FCF4X4YL
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
System Size
FRA2X2YL FRA4X4YL
Attaches to channel to create a 90° horizontal turn from a straight horizontal run. Cover included.
For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black). Fittings include 5/16" assembly holes for fast mechanical fastening.
F. Index
C1.50
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
FIBER-DUCT ™ System Fittings (continued)
Part Number
Part Description
System Size
Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Qty. Qty.
Horizontal Tee Fitting FT2X2 FT4X4
FT2X2YL FT4X4YL
Attaches to channel to create a 90° horizontal branch from a straight horizontal run. Cover included.
2x2
1
5
4x4
1
5
Attaches to channel to create a horizontal four way cross intersection. Cover included.
2x2
1
5
4x4
1
5
Used for closing off open ends of the channel. No coupler required. Push-on installation.
2x2
1
5
4x4
1
5
2x2
1
5
4x4
1
5
Four Way Cross Fitting FFWC2X2YL FFWC2X2 FFWC4X4
FFWC4X4YL
FEC4X4YL
FIV454X4YL
FOV452X2YL
C1.Wiring Duct
Attaches to channel to create a 45° downward angle from a straight horizontal run. Used with inside vertical 45° angle fitting FIV452X2YL or FIV454X4YL to change level of straight horizontal runs. Cover included.
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
2x2
1
5
4x4
1
5
2x2
1
5
4x4
1
5
2x2
1
5
4x4
1
5
C4. Cable Management
Inside Vertical Right Angle Fitting FIVRA2X2YL FIVRA4X4YL
FIVRA2X2 FIVRA4X4
Attaches to channel to create a 45° upward angle from a straight horizontal run. Used with outside vertical 45° angle fitting FOV452X2YL or FOV454X4YL to change level of straight horizontal runs. Cover included.
Outside Vertical 45° Angle Fitting
FOV454X4YL
FOV452X2 FOV454X4
B3. Stainless Steel
Inside Vertical 45° Angle Fitting FIV452X2YL
FIV452X2 FIV454X4
B2. Cable Accessories
End Cap Fitting FEC2X2YL
FEC2X2 FEC4X4
B1.Cable Ties
Attaches to channel to create a 90° upward angle from a straight horizontal run. Used with outside vertical 90° angle fitting FOVRA2X2YL or FOVRA4X4YL to change level of straight horizontal runs. Cover included.
D1.Terminals
Outside Vertical Right Angle Fitting FOVRA2X2YL FOVRA4X4YL
Attaches to channel to create a 90° downward angle from a straight horizontal run. Used with inside vertical 90° angle fitting FIVRA2X2YL or FIVRA4X4YL to change level of straight horizontal runs. Cover included.
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
4x4 to 2x2 FIBER-DUCT ™ Reducer Fitting FOVRA2X2 FOVRA4X4
FRF42YL
Joins any 4x4 FIBER-DUCT ™ fitting to the 2x2 FIBER-DUCT ™ channel, S2X2YL6 or E2X2YL6. Includes cover.
2x2 4x4
1
5 E2. Labels
For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black). Fittings include 5/16" assembly holes for fast mechanical fastening.
FRF42
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C1.51
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
FIBER-DUCT ™ Spillouts B1.Cable Ties
Part Number B2. Cable Accessories
System Size
Part Description
Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Qty. Qty.
2x2 Vertical Tee FVTHD2X2
FVTHD2X2YL
B3. Stainless Steel
FTR2X2
2x2
1
5
2x2
1
5
Used to route cable into one piece of 1.5" (38mm) diameter split corrugated tubing. Used with FIBERRUNNER ® spill-over fitting FRSPYL, 2x2 FIBER-DUCT ™ fittings and the 2x2 FIBERRUNNER ® hinged channel. Securely holds split corrugated tubing to ensure system integrity and easy access to add or remove cables.
2x2
1
5
Attaches to channel to create a 90° vertical drop from a horizontal run. Accepts FIDT4X4BL, FTR4X4YL, S4X4YL6 or E4X4YL6 directly.
4x4
1
5
4x4
1
5
4x4
1
5
3-Sided BRC Trumpet Spillout for 2x2 Exit FTR2X2YL
C1.Wiring Duct
Attaches to 2x2 channel to create a 90° vertical drop from a horizontal run. Hinged door included. Accepts channel cover in conjunction with channel. Use QUIKLOCK ™ coupler FBC2X2YL with HS2X2YL6 or H2X2YL6 channels. Use snap rivets NR2WH-L or bolts F14PN-L with S2X2YL6 or E2X2YL6 channels. Also accepts FIDT2X2YL.
Used to limit the bend radius of the cable to 2" (50.8mm) when exiting from a FIBERRUNNER ® spill-over fitting FRSPYL or from 2x2 FIBER-DUCT ™ channel.
1-Port Spillout to 1.5" (38mm) Inside Diameter Corrugated Tubing C2. Surface Raceway
FIDT2X2YL FIDT2X2
C3. Abrasion Protection
4x4 Vertical Tee FVT4X4
FVT4X4YL
C4. Cable Management
3-Sided Vertical Tee Trumpet Spillout FTR4X4YL D1.Terminals
FTR4X4
Used to limit the bend radius of the cable to 2" (50.8mm) when exiting from a 4x4 or 6x4 FIBERRUNNER ® vertical tee and 4x4 FIBER-DUCT ™ fittings.
2-Port Spillout to 1.5" (38mm) Inside Diameter Corrugated Tubing D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
FIDT4X4BL
E1. Labeling System
FIDT4X4BL
Used to route cable into one or two pieces of 1.5" (38mm) diameter split corrugated tubing. Used with FRVT6X4YL, FRVT4X4YL or FVT4X4YL. Securely holds corrugated split tubing to ensure system integrity and easy access to add or remove cables. Black color only.
For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black).
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C1.52
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
FIBER-DUCT ™ Bend Radius Control Trumpets • Provides method to transition cabling into rack system
• Maintains 1" (25.4mm) bend radius control B1.Cable Ties
Part Number TRC2BL
Part Description Bend radius control trumpet for exiting at the sidewall of 2" wall heights of Type E FIBER-DUCT ™ channels.
System Size 2x2
Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Qty. Qty. 1 10
B2. Cable Accessories
TRC2BL
TRC4BL
Bend radius control trumpet for exiting at the sidewall of 4" wall heights of Type E FIBER-DUCT ™ channels.
4x4
1
10
B3. Stainless Steel
TRC4BL C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
FIBER-DUCT ™ Accessories
Part Number
System Size
Part Description
Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Qty. Qty.
C3. Abrasion Protection
Innerduct Transition Fitting – 2x2 Size FITF2X2 FITF2X2
FITF4X4A
Provides transition from 2x2 FIBER-DUCT ™ Routing System to 3/4" (19mm) or 1" (25.4mm) inner duct.
2x2
1
10
4x4
1
10
C4. Cable Management
Innerduct Transition Fitting – 4x4 Size FITF4X4A
Provides transition from 4x4 FIBER-DUCT ™ Routing System to two pieces of 1" (25.4mm) inner duct.
D1.Terminals
Innerduct Transition Fitting – 4x4 Size FITF4X4B FITF4X4B
NR2WH - L NR4BL - L
Provides transition from 4x4 FIBER-DUCT Routing System to two pieces of 1 1/4" (31.8mm) inner duct.
4x4
1
10
Snap rivet fastens channel and fittings together for added strength and rigidity. Snap rivet mounts flush to surfaces.
2x2
50
500
4x4
50
500
™
Snap Rivets NR2WH-L NR4BL-L
Plastic Bolts and Nuts F14PWN-L
F14PWN-L
1/4" plastic bolts and wing nuts fastens channel and fittings together for added strength and rigidity.
2x2 4x4
50
500
F14PN-L
1/4" plastic bolts and hex nuts fastens channel and fittings together for added strength and rigidity.
2x2 4x4
50
500
F14PN - L
FBB4-X FBB
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
Snap Bracket Clip FBB2-X
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
Snap bracket enables the FIBER-DUCT channel to be quickly and securely mounted. Contains all hardware for assembly to any FIBER-DUCT ™ bracket. ™
2x2
10
100
4x4
10
100 E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C1.53
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
FIBER-DUCT ™ Mounting Brackets B1.Cable Ties
Part Number
Part Description
Std. Std. For Threaded Pkg. Ctn. Rod Size Qty. Qty.
Existing Threaded Rod Bracket for FIBER-DUCT ™ System B2. Cable Accessories
FTRBE12, FTRBE58 FTRBE12M
FTRBE12 FTRBE58 FTRBE12M
B3. Stainless Steel
Used for supporting the 2x2 and 4x4 FIBER-DUCT ™ Systems from existing threaded rod installations. Bracket is secured to threaded rod with two split nuts. Contains hardware for attaching to threaded rods and hardware for mounting channel to bracket.
1/2"
1
10
5/8"
1
10
12mm
1
10
1/2"
1
10
5/8"
1
10
12mm
1
10
—
1
10
1/2"
1
10
5/8"
1
10
1/2"
1
10
5/8"
1
10
—
1
10
—
1
10
1/2"
1
10
5/8"
1
10
—
1
10
New Threaded Rod Bracket for FIBER-DUCT ™ System FTRBN12 FTRBN12, FTRBN58 FTRBN12M
C1.Wiring Duct
FTRBN58 FTRBN12M
Used for supporting the 2x2 and 4x4 FIBER-DUCT ™ Systems from new threaded rod installations. Bracket is secured to threaded rod with two nuts. Contains hardware for attaching to threaded rods and hardware for mounting channel to bracket.
Under-Floor Pedestal for FIBER-DUCT ™ System FUSB C2. Surface Raceway
FUSB
Used to support the 2x2 and 4x4 FIBER-DUCT ™ Systems by attaching to under floor pedestal (not included). Use on pedestals up to 1" in diameter. Bracket contains hardware to attach to pedestal and hardware for mounting channel to bracket.
Bracket for Attaching Threaded Rod to 1 1/2" Ladder Rack C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
FLB12X15 FLB12X15 FLB58X15 FLB12X20 FLB58X20
FLB58X15
Bracket for Attaching Threaded Rod to 2" Ladder Rack FLB12X20 FLB58X20
D1.Terminals
Bracket attaches to 3/8" (9.5mm) wide x 1 1/2" (38.1mm) ladder rack rail. Bracket accepts threaded rod (not included). Contains bracket and hardware for attaching bracket to ladder rack.
Bracket attaches to 3/8" (9.5mm) wide x 2" (50.8mm) ladder rack rail. Bracket accepts threaded rod (not included). Contains bracket and hardware for attaching bracket to ladder rack.
Ladder Rack Bracket for FIBER-DUCT ™ System FLRB
FLRB
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
Used to support the 2x2 and 4x4 FIBER-DUCT ™ Systems attaching directly to any 3/8" (9.5mm) x 1 1/2" (38.1mm) or 3/8" (9.5mm) x 2" (50.8mm) ladder rack rail. No threaded rod required. Contains hardware for mounting channel to bracket.
“L” Wall Mount Bracket for FIBER-DUCT ™ System FLB
FLB
E1. Labeling System
Used to support 2x2 and 4x4 FIBER-DUCT ™ Systems by attaching to a wall or the front or back of an equipment rack. Contains hardware for mounting channel to bracket.
Strut Metal Framing Bracket FTRB12
E2. Labels
FTRB12 FTRB58
FTRB58
Bracket attaches to strut metal framing. Contains bracket and hardware for attaching threaded rod to metal framing.
Adjustable “Z” Bracket FZBA1.5X4
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
Bracket used to offset FIBER-DUCT ™ System from mounting surface, adjustable from 1.5" (38mm) to 4" (101mm). Typically used on the front of an equipment rack.
FZBA1.5X4 E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C1.54
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
FIBER-DUCT ™ Mounting Brackets (continued) B1.Cable Ties
Part Number
Part Description
Std. Std. For Threaded Pkg. Ctn. Rod Size Qty. Qty.
Top Rail of Rack Support Bracket FMRB
FMRB
Bracket attaches to top rail of equipment rack for added support in a vertical direction. Contains hardware for attaching bracket to an EIA/TIA rack and for mounting channel to bracket.
—
1
10
B3. Stainless Steel
EIA/TIA Threaded Rod Mounting Bracket FEIAB58
FEIAB58
Bracket consists of two identical components that clamp onto the crossmembers of standard EIA/TIA racks and are secured with standard hex nuts and split lockwashers (included) tightened onto a length of 5/8" diameter threaded rod (not included). The threaded rod is positioned in the center of the brackets providing a vertical threaded rod stud to mount FIBERRUNNER ® and FIBER-DUCT ™ threaded rod mounting brackets onto.
5/8"
1
10
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
Two Piece Ladder Rack Bracket for Attaching Threaded Rod to 1 1/2" – 2" Ladder Rack F2PCLB12 F2PCLB58 F2PCLB12M F2PCLB12 F2PCLB58 F2PCLB12M F2PCLB58M
F2PCLB58M
Two piece bracket attaches to 3/8" (9.5mm) wide x 1 1/2" (38.1mm) or 3/8" (9.5mm) wide x 2" (50.8mm) ladder rack rail. Bracket halves slide into position and clamp together on the ladder rack rail, which allows for a one-handed assembly of the threaded rod (not included). Contains bracket and hardware for attaching bracket to ladder rack.
1/2"
1
10
5/8"
1
10
12mm
1
10
16mm
1
10
Two-Piece Framing Clip for Attaching 5/8" Threaded Rod to 2" x 9/16" C-Channel Auxiliary Framing Bars FRAFC58
Two-piece framing clip attaches to auxiliary framing bars. Framing clip halves slide into position and interlock on the auxiliary framing bars, allowing easier assembly of the threaded rod to bars. Contains two-piece framing clip and hardware for attaching framing clip to auxiliary framing bars. (5/8" threaded rod not included.)
B2. Cable Accessories
5/8"
1
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
10
FRAFC58
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C1.55
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
Cable Fills for 2x2 and 4x4 FIBER-DUCT ™ Cable Routing System The maximum amounts may vary according to the cable fill installation methods, straightness of cables, etc. B1.Cable Ties 2x2 FIBER-DUCT ™ Routing System
2.25" (57.1mm)
Internal Area in2
Diameter 1.6mm .063"
Diameter 2.0mm .079"
Diameter 3.0mm .118"
CAT 6 Diameter 6.35mm .25"
CAT 5e Diameter 4.9mm .193"
3.5
449
286
128
29
48
3.5
561
357
160
36
60
3.5
674
428
192
43
72
W
B2. Cable Accessories
Fill/Pile Up A=3.5in (2258mm2) 2
H
2.10" (53.3mm)
40% Fill 2" Pile Up
50% Fill
B3. Stainless Steel
2" Pile Up
60% Fill 2" Pile Up
C1.Wiring Duct
4.25" (107.9mm) 4x4 FIBER-DUCT ™ Routing System
C2. Surface Raceway
A=14.6in2 (9419mm2)
4.10" (104.1mm)
Fill/Pile Up
Internal Area in2
Diameter 1.6mm .063"
Diameter 2.0mm .079"
Diameter 3.0mm .118"
CAT 6 Diameter 6.35mm .25"
CAT 5e Diameter 4.9mm .193"
7.60 11.30 14.60
975 1450 1873
620 922 1191
278 413 534
62 92 119
104 155 200
7.60 11.30 14.60
1219 1812 2342
775 1153 1489
347 517 668
77 115 149
130 193 250
40% Fill
C3. Abrasion Protection
2" Pile Up 3" Pile Up 4" Pile Up
50% Fill 2" Pile Up 3" Pile Up 4" Pile Up
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
60% Fill 2" Pile Up 7.60 1463 930 417 93 156 3" Pile Up 11.30 2175 1383 620 138 232 4" Pile Up 14.60 2810 1787 801 178 299 Channel cutting instructions: For optimum results, use FRCUT miter box and saw. For larger quantities use a plastic cutting saw blade for clean, burr-free cuts. Recommend: Carbide 80T or 100T; .090" thickness, .125" kerf.
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C1.56
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
Notes B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C1.57
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PAN-WAY ® NON-METALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
PAN-WAY ® Non-Metallic Surface Raceways provide maximum flexibility for routing, protecting, concealing and terminating high performance copper, voice, video, fiber optic and power cabling. PANDUIT surface raceways are designed with attention to function and aesthetics to blend with any décor. PANDUIT surface raceway systems include transition fittings that facilitate seamless integration of one PANDUIT surface raceway system to another. PANDUIT Surface Raceway Systems work with all PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® Modules for complete connectivity possibilities.
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
• Aesthetically pleasing • Lightweight
C2. Surface Raceway
• Tamper resistant • Bend radius control • Resists dents and conceals scratches and chips
C3. Abrasion Protection
• Ease of modifications and additions • Lowest installed cost
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C2.0
PANDUIT surface raceway provides a variety of choices when selecting data and electrical terminations. All PANDUIT surface raceways include a full complement of fittings that are designed to maintain the proper bend radius control required for high performance copper and fiber optic cabling systems.All of the raceways accept either NEMA 70mm standard screw-on faceplates or superior PAN-WAY ® Snap-On Faceplates.PANDUIT surface raceway systems work with all PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® Modules, for complete connectivity possibilities.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PAN-WAY ® OFFICE FURNITURE RACEWAY
PAN-WAY ® Office Furniture Raceway is a one-piece single channel system designed to route data cabling along the top of office furniture partitions. Outlets can be positioned at any point along the partition at desk level or in the corner at the intersection of two partitions. Office Furniture Raceway has a tamper resistant closure design, which protects sensitive cabling from accidental damage and discourages unauthorized access, yet the system is accessible by a qualified installer for moves, adds and changes.
• Designed for desktop terminations which utilize the typically unused area of the cubicle • Fittings meet TIA/EIA bend radius requirements preventing cable performance degradation, yet maintain original aesthetic “squared corner” styling of furniture • Designed to work with major office furniture manufacturers panels (such as Steelcase, Herman Miller and others) • Robust design includes a one-piece hinge and tamper resistant closure design which increases product stability and reduces inadvertent or unauthorized access to data cabling • Designed for use with PANDUIT connectivity; also accepts common manufacturers’ connectivity with use of a NEMA standard 70mm faceplate or module frame The system includes a full complement of fittings, accessories, and termination options. PAN-WAY ® Office Furniture Raceway is available in four popular colors to blend with most office furniture systems and creates a virtually invisible cost effective routing solution.
B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C2.1
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
Office Furniture Raceway Roadmap B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
N
M
D
B3. Stainless Steel
P
1
T
O
S
C1.Wiring Duct
R Q
C2. Surface Raceway
L
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C2.2
G See exploded view 2 pg. C2.5
C
J
K
F See exploded view 1 pg. C2.4
V A
B
E
H
U
NOTE: Office Furniture Raceway is designed to blend with its environment. Shown in White on Office Slate furniture for illustration purposes only.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
OFR20**6 – Office Furniture Raceway (page C2.6)
L
A
OFCR70**6 – Corner Raceway Base (page C2.6)
M
OFR20WE** – Wall Entrance Fitting (page C2.8)
B
OFCRC70**6 – Corner Raceway Cover (page C2.6)
N
OFR20RA** – Right Angle Fitting (page C2.8)
C
OFVR5**6 – Vertical Raceway (page C2.6)
O
OFR20T** – Tee Fitting (page C2.8)
D
OFR20CP**8 – Communication Pole (page C2.6)
P
OFR20CR** – Cross Fitting (page C2.8)
E
OFR20OFCR70**4 – Four Cubicle Drop Fitting (page C2.7)
Q
OFR20IC** – Inside Corner Fitting (page C2.8)
1
OFR20MPT** – Mid Panel Tee Fitting (page C2.8)
B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
F
OFR20OFCR70**2 – Two Cubicle Drop Fitting (page C2.7)
R
OFR20OC** – Outside Corner Fitting (page C2.8) D1.Terminals
G
OFR20OFCR70**1 – One Cubicle Drop Fitting (page C2.7)
S
OFR20CC** – Coupler Fitting (page C2.8) D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
OFR20EC** – End Cap Fitting (page C2.9)
OFCR70EC** – Corner Raceway End Cap Fitting (page C2.8)
T
J
OFR20SO** – Spill Over Fitting (page C2.8)
U
OF70FV4** – Vertical Sloped Communication Snap-On Faceplate (page C2.9)
K
OFR20DMB** – Desk Mount Box (page C2.8)
V
OF70FH4** – Horizontal Sloped Communication Snap-on Faceplate (page C2.9)
H
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C2.3
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
Office Furniture Configurations B1.Cable Ties
Exploded view 1 Components Required
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
See page
A.
OFR20OFCR70**4 = Four Cubicle Drop Fitting.
C2.7
B.
OFCR70**6 = Corner Raceway Base.
C2.6
C.
OFCR70EC = Corner Raceway End Cap Fitting.
C2.7
D.
OF70FV4 = Vertical Sloped Communication Snap-On Faceplate.
C2.8
E.
PANDUIT MINI-COM Modules.
F.
OFCRC70**6 = Corner Raceway Cover.
®
®
—
C2.6
C1.Wiring Duct
A C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
F D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E
E1. Labeling System
B D
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C2.4
C
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
Office Furniture Configurations (continued) Exploded view 2
B1.Cable Ties
Components Required
See page
A.
OFR20SO** = Spill Over Fitting.
C2.7
B.
OFVR5**6 = Vertical Raceway.
C2.6
C.
OFR20DMB = Desk Mount Box.
C2.7
D.
PANDUIT MINI-COM Modules.3
—
E.
OF70FH4** = Horizontal Sloped Communication Snap-On Faceplate.
®
®
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
C2.8
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
A
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
B
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
C E2. Labels
D E E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C2.5
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PAN-WAY ® Office Furniture Raceway System B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
• UL listed in accordance with UL-5C requirements for Class 2 Communication Cable Management Systems • Maintains bend radius control throughout the entire Office Furniture Raceway system as required by TIA/EIA-568-B and 569-B • Faceplates are compliant with the labeling requirements of the TIA/EIA-606-A standard • Robust design and tamper resistant closure increases product stability and prevents damage to cabling during and after installation
• Product supplied with adhesive backing for fast and easy installation • Creates a virtually invisible solution for routing data cables on panels from all common manufacturers with a top cap width between 1.88" and 2.30" • Designed for use with PAN-NET ® Connectivity, also accepts all common manufacturers’ connectivity with use of a NEMA standard 70mm faceplate or module frame
B3. Stainless Steel 1.71"
C1.Wiring Duct
1.88" OFFICE FURNITURE RACEWAY Internal Area = 2.31 Sq. In.
Office Beige (OB)
Office Gray (OG)
C2. Surface Raceway
Part Number OFR20OB6
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
Office Beige
6
6
48
• Office Furniture Raceway fittings have been designed to maintain the TIA/EIA required 1" minimum bend radius for high performance copper and fiber optic cabling systems
OFCR70
OFCRC70
Part Number
Part Description Office Furniture Corner Raceway Base. Used to terminate low voltage data cabling in the corner at the intersection of modular office furniture panels. Accepts 70mm standard faceplates. Available in 6' lengths.
—
Office Beige
6
48
OFCRC70OB6
Office Furniture Corner Raceway Cover. Available in 6' lengths.
—
Office Beige
6
48
OFVR5OB6
Office Furniture Vertical Raceway. One piece single channel raceway used to connect OFR20**6 to desk mount box (OFR20DMB**) and must be used with OFR20SO** or OFR20DSO**. Available in 6' lengths.
—
Office Beige
6
120
OFR20CPOB8
Communication Pole. Allows for data cable entry into Office Furniture Raceway from suspended ceiling. 8' pole allows maximum 7' distance from top of furniture partition to ceiling. Must be used with OFR20MPT**. NOTE: Not intended for use at intersection of furniture panels.
—
Office Beige
1
—
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
OFVR5
Std. Std. Labels Pkg. Ctn. Required Color‡ Qty. Qty.
OFCR70OB6
E2. Labels
C2.6
1.88" x 1.71"
PAN-WAY ® Office Furniture Raceway Fittings
E1. Labeling System
F. Index
Part Description Office Furniture Raceway. One piece single channel low voltage raceway with adhesive tape backing for data cable routing along top of modular furniture partitions. Available in 6' lengths.
Std. Std. Raceway Length Pkg. Ctn. Size Color‡ (ft) Qty. Qty.
‡For other colors, replace OB (Office Beige) with OS (Office Slate), OG (Office Gray) or MT (Medium Tone). Order number of feet required in multiples of standard carton quantity.
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
Medium Tone (MT)
Office Slate (OS)
OFR20CP ‡For other colors, replace OB (Office Beige) with OS (Office Slate), OG (Office Gray) or MT (Medium Tone). **Computer printable labels found on pages E2.1 – E2.30.
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PAN-WAY ® Office Furniture Raceway Fittings (continued)
Part Number OFR20OFCR70OB4
OFR20OFCR70**4
Part Description Four Cubicle Drop Fitting. Allows the transition from Office Furniture Raceway run horizontally along partition wall to Office Furniture Corner Raceway mounted vertically in four cubicles at the intersection of partitions. Fitting maintains 1" minimum bend radius of cabling. Supplied with adhesive tape.
Std. Std. Labels Pkg. Ctn. Required Color‡ Qty. Qty. —
Office Beige
1
B1.Cable Ties
10
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel OFR20OFCR70OB2
OFR20OFCR70**2
OFR20OFCR70OB1
OFR20OFCR70**1
OFR20OFCR70OB1P
OFR20OFCR70**1P
Two Cubicle Drop Fitting. Allows the transition from Office Furniture Raceway run horizontally along partition wall to Office Furniture Corner Raceway mounted vertically in two cubicles at the intersection of partitions. Fitting maintains 1" minimum bend radius of cabling. Supplied with adhesive tape.
—
One Cubicle Drop Fitting. Allows the transition from Office Furniture Raceway run horizontally along partition wall to Office Furniture Corner Raceway mounted vertically in one cubicle at the intersection of partitions. Fitting maintains 1" minimum bend radius of cabling. Supplied with adhesive tape.
—
One Cubicle Drop Bypass Fitting. Allows the transition from Office Furniture Raceway run horizontally along partition wall, around existing furniture pole, to Office Furniture Corner Raceway mounted vertically in one cubicle at the intersection of partitions. Fitting maintains 1" minimum bend radius of cabling. Supplied with adhesive tape.
—
Office Beige
1
10
C1.Wiring Duct
Office Beige
1
10
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection Office Beige
1
10
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals OFR20OFCR70OB2P
OFR20OFCR70**2P
OFR20OFCR70OB4P
OFR20OFCR70**4P
Two Cubicle Drop Bypass Fitting. Allows the transition from Office Furniture Raceway run horizontally along partition wall, around existing furniture pole, to Office Furniture Corner Raceway mounted vertically in two cubicles at the intersection of partitions. Fitting maintains 1" minimum bend radius of cabling. Supplied with adhesive tape.
—
Four Cubicle Drop Bypass Fitting. Allows the transition from Office Furniture Raceway run horizontally along partition wall, around existing furniture pole, to Office Furniture Corner Raceway mounted vertically in four cubicles at the intersection of partitions. Fitting maintains 1" minimum bend radius of cabling. Supplied with adhesive tape.
—
Office Beige
1
10
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
Office Beige
1
10
‡For other colors, replace OB (Office Beige) with OS (Office Slate), OG (Office Gray) or MT (Medium Tone). **Computer printable labels found on pages E2.1 – E2.30.
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C2.7
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PAN-WAY ® Office Furniture Raceway Fittings (continued) B1.Cable Ties
Part Number
Part Description
Std. Std. Labels Pkg. Ctn. Required Color‡ Qty. Qty.
OFCR70ECOB
Corner Raceway End Cap Fitting. Opening allows cord passage through fitting such as monitor and keyboard cables. Supplied with adhesive tape.
—
Office Beige
1
10
OFR20SOOB
Spill-Over Fitting. Allows transition from Office Furniture Raceway run horizontally along partition wall to Office Furniture Vertical Raceway in one location. Adjustable fitting maintains 1" minimum bend radius of cabling and works with various panel widths between 1.88" – 2.30". Supplied with adhesive tape.
—
Office Beige
1
10
OFR20DSOOB
Double Spill-Over Fitting. Fitting is used to spill over both sides of the furniture partitions at the same location. Incorporates a built-in, yet removable end cap that eliminates the need for additional raceway and fittings to terminate the pathway.
—
Office Beige
1
10
OFR20DMBOB
Desk Mount Box. Box accepts Office Furniture Snap-On Faceplates as well as 70mm NEMA standard screw-on faceplates. Designed for use with OFVR5**6 raceway and OFR20SO**, OFR20DSO** spill-over fittings. Supplied with adhesive tape.
—
Office Beige
1
10
OFR20MPTOB
Mid-panel Tee Fitting. Used to connect communication pole to Office Furniture Raceway run horizontally along partition wall. Supplied with adhesive tape. NOTE: Not intended for use at intersection of furniture panels.
—
Office Beige
1
10
D1.Terminals
OFR20WEOB
—
Office Beige
1
10
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
Wall Entrance Fitting. Allows entry from wall to Office Furniture Raceway run horizontally along partition walls. Fitting includes bend radius protection and trim plate to cover wall opening. Requires minimum wall opening of 4.5"W x 3.0"H. Supplied with adhesive tape.
OFR20RAOB
Right Angle Fitting. Used to join sections of Office Furniture Raceway at 90° flat junction. Supplied with adhesive tape.
—
Office Beige
1
10
OFR20TOB
Tee Fitting. Used to create an undivided tee junction between sections of Office Furniture Raceway. Supplied with adhesive tape.
—
Office Beige
1
10
OFR20CROB
Cross Fitting. Used to join sections of Office Furniture Raceway at four corners. Supplied with adhesive tape.
—
Office Beige
1
10
OFR20ICOB
Inside Corner Fitting. Used to join sections of Office Furniture Raceway at inside corner. Supplied with adhesive tape.
—
Office Beige
1
10
OFR20OCOB
Outside Corner Fitting. Used to join sections of Office Furniture Raceway at outside corner. Supplied with adhesive tape.
—
Office Beige
1
10
OFR20CCOB-X
Coupler Fitting. For use with Office Furniture Raceway.
—
Office Beige
10
100
B2. Cable Accessories
OFRCR70EC
OFR20SO
OFR20DSO
OFR20DMB
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
OFR20MPT
OFR20WE
C4. Cable Management
OFR20RA
OFR20CR
OFR20T
OFR20IC
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
OFR20OC
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
OFR20CC
‡For other colors, replace OB (Office Beige) with OS (Office Slate), OG (Office Gray) or MT (Medium Tone). **Computer printable labels found on pages E2.1 – E2.30.
F. Index
C2.8
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PAN-WAY ® Office Furniture Raceway Fittings (continued)
OFR20LC
Part Number
Part Description
OFR20LCOB
Long Coupler Fitting. Used to bridge Office Furniture Raceway between panel sections. Can also be used to fill void left by Spill-Over Fitting, when furniture partitions are reconfigured.
—
End Cap Fitting. Used to terminate Office Furniture Raceway. Supplied with adhesive tape.
—
OFR20ECOB
OFR20EC OF70FH2OB
OF70FV2OB
OF70FH2
OF70FV2
OF70FH4OB
OF70FH4
OF70FV4
OF70FV4OB
T70SDB-X
T70SDB-X
Std. Std. Labels Pkg. Ctn. Required Color‡ Qty. Qty. Office Beige
1
Office Beige
1
1
Snap-On Single Gang Horizontal Sloped Communication Faceplate. Accepts up to two PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® modules (not included). No additional mounting hardware required. TIA/EIA-606-A compliant.
1-One Port 1-Two Port
Office Beige
Snap-On Single Gang Vertical Sloped Communication Faceplate. Accepts up to two PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® modules (not included). No additional mounting hardware required. TIA/EIA-606-A compliant.
1-One Port 1-Two Port
Office Beige
Snap-On Single Gang Horizontal Sloped Communication Faceplate. Accepts up to four PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® modules (not included). No additional mounting hardware required. TIA/EIA-606-A compliant.
1-One Port 1-Four Port
Office Beige
Snap-On Single Gang Vertical Sloped Communication Faceplate. Accepts up to four PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® modules (not included). No additional mounting hardware required. TIA/EIA-606-A compliant.
1-One Port 2-Two Port
Office Beige
—
Gray
Standard Faceplate Bracket. Used to mount NEMA standard 70mm single gang screw-on faceplates.
B1.Cable Ties
10
B2. Cable Accessories
10
B3. Stainless Steel 10
C1.Wiring Duct 1
10
C2. Surface Raceway 1
10
C3. Abrasion Protection 1
10
C4. Cable Management 10
—
‡For other colors, replace OB (Office Beige) with OS (Office Slate), OG (Office Gray) or MT (Medium Tone). **Computer printable labels found on pages E2.1 – E2.30.
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C2.9
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
Cable Fill Capacities for Office Furniture Raceway B1.Cable Ties
This information is to be used as a guide in selecting the proper size raceway. The maximum amounts may vary according to the cable installation methods, straightness of cables, etc.
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
A = 2.31 in2 Cable fill #1: Open Channel without Devices
C2. Surface Raceway
MAX for Data = 60% cable fill – The maximum cable quantity based on cable interweaving and packing factors.
SPEC = 40% cable fill – The recommended design in cable capacity, leaves room for future moves, adds and changes.
MAX for Power cable fill – The maximum of electrical cables based on UL temperature rise test.
C3. Abrasion Protection
CR-SR-Cove-Wirefill1
C4. Cable Management Raceway Type & Configuration
Fill Area (in²)
D1.Terminals 1.
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C2.10
OFR20: No Devices.
2.30
Data Grade Cable 24 AWG/UTP CM
Data Grade Cable 24 AWG/UTP CM
Cat 5e (4pr) DIA. = .217
Cat 6 (4pr) DIA. = .250
FILL SPEC MAX (40%) (60%) 24
37
FILL SPEC MAX (40%) (60%) 18
28
Audio/Video Cable Fiber Optic Cable RG6
2 Strand
DIA. = .275
DIA. = .175
FILL SPEC MAX (40%) (60%) 15
23
FILL SPEC MAX (40%) (60%) 38
57
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PAN-WAY ® COVE RACEWAY
PAN-WAY ® Cove Raceway is a full line of NEC and TIA/EIA compliant raceway,which has the appearance of architectural molding; that allows you to route,conceal,protect and terminate copper,voice,video, fiber optic or power cabling.This offering adds elegance to any room or work area by softening the horizontal angles between the wall and ceiling or the vertical angles between two walls.
• UL & CSA rated 600V • Bend radius control is maintained throughout the entire system as required by TIA/EIA-568-B and 569-B • Product mounts high out of reach for increased tamper resistance • Divided channel system allows for routing and terminations of both power and data cabling • Raceway and fitting covers may be painted to match any décor
PAN-WAY ® Cove Raceway includes a full complement of fittings and transitions easily to other PANDUIT raceway such as LD, LDPH, LD2P10,T-45 and T-70.
B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C2.11
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
Cove Raceway Roadmap B1.Cable Ties
D See exploded view 3 pg. C2.15
B2. Cable Accessories
T
U
U
V
G 1
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
B
L
M
O
N
F C2. Surface Raceway
A
2
See exploded view 4 pg. C2.15
3
C3. Abrasion Protection
H
C C4. Cable Management
D E
D1.Terminals
See exploded view 1 pg.C2.14
J K D
P Q See exploded view 2 pg. C2.14
R D K
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C2.12
4
S
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
1
WCM35BIW, WCM35CIW – Cove Raceway Base and Cover (page C2.16)
H
JBP2FS** – FAST-SNAP ™ Double Gang Power Rated Surface Mount Outlet Box (page C2.52)
WCM35DW – Cove Raceway Divider Wall (page C2.16)
J
T70FV4** – Snap-On Vertical Sloped Communication Faceplate (page C2.52)
2
LDPH10** – LDPH10 Raceway (page C2.77)
K
T70PG** – Single Gang Rectangular Electrical/Communication Snap-On Faceplate (page C2.54)
3
T45B**, T45C** – T-45 Raceway Base and Cover (page C2.48)
1
L 3
T45DW – T-45 Raceway Divider Wall (page C2.48)
4
T70B**, T70C** – T-70 Raceway Base and Cover (page C2.36)
M
4
T70DW – T-70 Raceway Divider Wall (page C2.36)
N
B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
WCM35OCIW – Cove Raceway Outside Corner Fitting (page C2) C1.Wiring Duct
WCM35CCIW – Cove Raceway Cover Coupler Fitting (page C2.17) C2. Surface Raceway
WCM35TIW – Cove Raceway Tee Fitting (page C2.17) C3. Abrasion Protection
A
WCM35ECIW – Cove Raceway End Cap (page C2.17)
O
WCM35TI – Cove Raceway Tee Fitting Insert (page C2.17) C4. Cable Management
B
WCM35TR10IW – Cove Raceway Low Profile Transition Fitting for LD/LDPH10 Raceway (page C2.17)
P
D1.Terminals
Q C
JBP1** – Power Rated Single Gang Two-Piece Box (page C2.58)
R D
ERU20** – 20A Rectangular Outlet (page C2.60)
E
CPG** – Single Gang Rectangular Electrical/Communication Screw-On Faceplate (page C2.59)
F
WCM35ICIW – Cove Raceway Inside Corner Fitting (page C2.17)
G
WCM35TRIW – Cove Raceway Transition Fitting for T-45 and LD Series Raceways (page C2.17)
WCM35TR70IW – Cove Raceway Low Profile Transition Fitting for T-70 Raceway (page C2.17) T70WC2** – T-70 WORKSTATION OUTLET CENTER ™ Offset Box for Snap-On Faceplates (page C2.37) T70FH2** – Snap-On Horizontal Sloped Communication Faceplate (page C2.52)
S
T70EC** – T70 Raceway End Cap Fitting (page C2.37)
T
FP2RC – Double Gang Rectangular Electrical and Communication Faceplate (page C2.59)
U
WCM35DBFIW – Cove Raceway Device Box and Faceplate Adapter (page C2.17)
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
V
T70FH4** – Snap-On Horizontal Sloped Communication Faceplate (page C2.52)
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C2.13
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
Cove Configurations B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
Exploded view 1 Components Required
See page
A.
WCM35TR10 = Cove Raceway Low Profile Transition Fitting for LD/LDP10 Raceway.
C2.17
B.
JBP1 = Power Rated Single Gang Two-Piece Box.
C2.58
C.
ERU20 = 20A Rectangular Electrical Outlet (screws included).
C2.60
D.
CPG = Screw-On Single Gang Rectangular Faceplate.
C2.59
A
C1.Wiring Duct
B
C C2. Surface Raceway
D
C3. Abrasion Protection
Exploded view 2 C4. Cable Management
Components Required A.
WCM35TR = Cove Raceway Transition Fitting.
C2.17
B.
JBP2FS = FAST-SNAP ™ Double Gang Power Rated Surface Mount Outlet Box.
C2.52
C.
PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® Modules.
D.
T70PG = Single Gang Rectangular Electrical/Communication Snap-On Faceplate.
C2.54
E.
T70FV4 = Snap-On Vertical Sloped Communication Faceplate.
C2.52
F.
ERU20 = 20A Rectangular Electrical Outlet (screws included).
C2.60
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
See page
A
—
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F
B
D C
F. Index
C2.14
E
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
Cove Configurations (continued) Exploded view 3
B1.Cable Ties
Components Required
See page
A.
WCM35DBF = Cove Raceway Device Box and Faceplate Adapter.
C2.17
B.
FP2RC = PAN-WAY ® Classic Series Faceplates for Power and Communication.
C2.59
C.
PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® Modules.
D.
ERU20 = 20A Rectangular Electrical Outlet (screws included).
B2. Cable Accessories
— B3. Stainless Steel
C2.60
A D
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
A C
C3. Abrasion Protection
B C4. Cable Management
Exploded view 4 D1.Terminals
Components Required A.
WCM35DBF = Cove Raceway Device Box and Faceplate Adapter.
B.
PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® Modules.
C.
T70FH4 = Snap-On Horizontal Sloped Communication Faceplate.
See page C2.17 D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
— C2.52
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
A E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
A B C For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C2.15
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PAN-WAY ® Cove Raceway System B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
• UL and CSA rated 600V; meets UL5A and CSA C22.2 No. 62.1-03 standards • Bend radius control is maintained throughout the entire Cove Raceway System as required by TIA/EIA-568-B and 569-B • Tamper resistant
• Transitions to PANDUIT T-70, T-45, and LD Profile Raceways • Cove raceway and fittings may be painted to blend with any decor • Supplied with pre-punched mounting holes
3.50"
B3. Stainless Steel
3.50"
C1.Wiring Duct
COVE RACEWAY Internal Area = 5.40 Sq. In. (3484 Sq. mm)
C2. Surface Raceway
Part Number
Part Description
Std. Raceway Length Ctn. Size Color‡ (ft) Qty.
Cove Raceway Base WCM35BIW8 C3. Abrasion Protection
WCM35BIW8
C4. Cable Management
3.50" x 3.50"
Off White
8
64
—
Off White
8
64
—
Gray
8
64
Cove Raceway Cover WCM35CIW8
D1.Terminals
Cove Raceway Base is available in 8' lengths and is used for mounting in the horizontal corner between the ceiling and wall or vertical corner between walls.
Cove Raceway Cover available in 8' lengths.
WCM35CIW8
Cove Raceway Divider Wall WCM35DW8
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
Cove Raceway Divider Wall. Snaps onto rails in Cove Raceway Base to create separate channels. Must use wire retainers to ensure channel separation per UL/CSA. Available in 8' lengths.
WCM35DW8
‡All parts available in IW (Off White) only except for WCM35DW8 which is available in Gray only. Order number of feet required in multiples of standard carton quantity. Order raceway base and cover separately.
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C2.16
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PAN-WAY ® Cove Raceway Fittings • Cove raceway fittings are designed to maintain the TIA/EIA-568-B and 569-B required minimum bend radius for high performance copper and fiber optic cabling systems
WCM35CCIW-X
WCM35OCIW
WCM35TI
WCM35TRIW
WCM35TR10IW
WCM35DBFIW
WCM35ICIW
WCM35TIW
WCM35ECIW
WCM35TR5IW
WCM35TR70IW
WCM35BFIW
Part Number Part Description WCM35CCIW-X Cover Coupler Fittings. Used to join two pieces of Cove Raceway Cover together.
Std. Pkg. Color‡ Qty. Off 10 White
Std. Ctn. Qty. 100
WCM35ICIW
Inside Corner Fitting. Used to join Cove Raceway at inside corners. Maintains a minimum 1" bend radius of cabling.
Off White
1
10
WCM35OCIW
Outside Corner Fitting. Used to join Cove Raceway at outside corners. Maintains a minimum 1" bend radius of cabling.
Off White
1
10
WCM35TIW
Tee Fitting. Used to join sections of Cove Raceway to form a “tee” junction. Maintains a minimum 1" bend radius of cabling.
Off White
1
10
WCM35TI
Tee Fitting Insert. Mounts inside Cove Raceway tee fitting to maintain channel separation at tee junctions. Maintains a minimum 1" bend radius of cabling.
Gray
1
10
WCM35ECIW
End Cap Fitting. Used to terminate or enter Cove Raceway. Includes breakouts for 1/2" and 3/4" conduit.
Off White
1
10
WCM35TRIW
Transition Fitting. Used to transition from Cove Raceway to PAN-WAY ® T-45 Raceway or LD Series Raceways.
Off White
1
10
WCM35TR5IW
Low Profile Transition Fitting. Used to transition from Cove Raceway to LD/LDPH5.
Off White
1
10
WCM35TR10IW Low Profile Transition Fitting. Used to transition from Cove Raceway to LD/LDPH10.
Off White
1
10
WCM35TR70IW Low Profile Transition Fitting. Used to transition from Cove Raceway to T-70.
Off White
1
10
Device Box and Faceplate Adapter. Used in Cove Raceway to install single or double gang power and/or data devices in-line. Will accept snap-on or screw-on single gang faceplate or screw-on double gang faceplate. NOTE: Will accept GFCI or TVSS outlets in single gang configuration only.
Off White
1
10
WCM35BFIW
Backfeed Fitting. Inserts allow cable entry and exit through the back of the raceway and conduit. Breakouts include 1/2", 3/4" and 1" .
Off White
1
10
WCM35WR-X
Wire Retainer. Holds wires in place. Will not interfere with cover installation.
Gray
10
—
WCM35DBFIW
B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
‡All parts available in IW (Off White) only except WCM35WR-X and WCM35TI which are available in Gray only.
WCM35WR-X
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C2.17
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
Cable Fill Capacities for Cove Raceway B1.Cable Ties
This information is to be used as a guide in selecting the proper size raceway. The maximum amounts may vary according to Ithe cable installation methods, straightness of cables, etc.
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
A = 5.4 in2 C1.Wiring Duct
A = 5.0 in2
Cable fill #1: Open channel without Devices.
3A = 2.4 in2
Cable fill #2: Open channel with Wire Retainer.
3B = 2.4 in2
Cable fill #3: Divided channel (power and data) with Wire Retainer and Divider Wall.
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
A = 1.4 in2
A = 1.6 in2
Cable fill #4: Divided Channel (power and data) with Device Box and Faceplate.
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
Cable fill #5: Divided Channel (power and data) with Low Profile Transition Insert.
SPEC = 40% cable fill – The recommended design in cable capacity, leaves room for future moves, adds, and changes. E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
Raceway Type & Configuration
1.
WCM35: No Devices.
2.
WCM35: Using Wire Retainer – No Devices.
3A. 3B. 4A.
WCM35: Power and data using Wire Retainer and Divider Wall. WCM35: Power and data using DBF.
4B.
F. Index
5A. 5B.
C2.18
MAX for Data = 60% cable fill – The maximum cable quantity based on cable interweaving and packing factors. MAX for Power cable fill – The maximum of electrical cables based on UL temperature rise test.
CR-SR-Cove-Wirefill1
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
A = 2.4in2
A = 1.8 in2
WCM35: Power and data using Low Profile Transition Insert.
Electrical Cables Data Grade Cable Data Grade Cable 14 AWG 12 AWG 10 AWG 24 AWG/UTP CM 24 AWG/UTP CM Fill Area (in²)
Audio/Video
Fiber Optic Cable
RG6
2 Strand
THHN/T90 .105 .122 .153
Cat 5e (4pr) DIA. = .217
Cat 6 (4pr) DIA. = .250
DIA. = .275
DIA. = .175
FILL MAX MAX MAX (UL Temp Rise Test)
FILL SPEC MAX (40%) (60%)
FILL SPEC MAX (40%) (60%)
FILL SPEC MAX (40%) (60%)
FILL SPEC MAX (40%) (60%)
5.4
50
40
30
58
87
44
66
29
43
89
134
5
50
40
30
54
81
41
61
26
40
83
124 58
2.4
—
—
—
25
38
19
28
13
19
39
2.4
30
25
20
—
—
—
—
13
19
22
—
1.6
—
—
—
17
25
13
19
10
16
26
35
1.4
25
25
20
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1.8
25
25
20
19
29
14
22
12
18
29
44
2.5
—
—
—
25
38
19
28
13
19
39
58
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PAN-WAY ® TG-70 NON-METALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY
PAN-WAY ® TG-70 Non-Metallic Surface Raceway is a multi-channel raceway, which provides a solution for routing copper, fiber optic and/or power cabling when maximum cable capacity is required.
B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
• Large raceway channel provides maximum capacity • Fittings maintain (1.6") 40mm bend radius control • Multi-channel two-piece design • Aesthetically pleasing • Lightweight • Tamper resistant
The TG-70 Raceway System consists of raceway base and cover, fittings, termination hardware and accessories. PAN-WAY ® TG-70 Raceway can mount NEMA standard screw-on faceplates or superior PAN-WAY ® Snap-On Faceplates directly to the channel. Fittings for TG-70 are available to transition to PAN-WAY ® T-45 and LD Raceway.
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C2.19
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
TG-70 Raceway Roadmap B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
T
See exploded view 2 pg. C2.22
B3. Stainless Steel
See exploded view 4 pg. C2.23
S
N C1.Wiring Duct
1
G
C4. Cable Management
L
H
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
K
D A
2 B
M
Q
F
J O See exploded view 3 pg. C2.23
D1.Terminals
C D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
D E F
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C2.20
R
P
See exploded view 1 pg. C2.22
A
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
1
TG-70** – TG-70 Raceway Base and Cover (page C2.24)
1
TGDW – TG-70 Raceway Divider Wall (page C2.24)
2
LD2P10** – Raceway (page C2.75)
A
TGEC** – TG-70 End Cap (page C2.75)
J
K
TGOC** – TG-70 Outside Corner Fitting (page C2.25)
TGT** – TG-70 Tee Fitting (page C2.25)
B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
L
TGTD – TG Tee Divider (page C2.25) C1.Wiring Duct
M
TGBF** – TG-70 Backfeed Fitting (page C2.25) C2. Surface Raceway
B
TGTR** – TG-70 Transition Fitting (page C2.25)
C
JBP2FS** – FAST-SNAP ™ Double Gang Power Rated Surface Mount Box (page C2.52)
D
T70PG** – Single Gang Rectangular Electrical/ Communication Snap-On Faceplate (page C2.54)
E
F
G
H
T70FV2** – Snap-On Vertical Sloped Communication Faceplate (page C2.52)
ERU20** – 20A Rectangular Electrical Outlet (page C2.60)
TG70BC** – TG-70 Base Couplers (page C2.25)
T70CC** – T-70 Cover Couplers (page C2.25)
N
TGIC** – TG-70 Inside Corner Fitting (page C2.25)
O
TG70HB3-X – TG-70 Hanging Box with Divider Wall (page C2.26)
P
T70FH4** – Snap-On Horizontal Sloped Communication Faceplate (page C2.52)
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
Q
TGRA** – TG-70 Right Angle Fitting (page C2.25) E1. Labeling System
R
CPG** – Single Gang Rectangular Power and Communication Faceplate (page C2.59)
S
T70DB-X – T-70 Device Bracket (page C2.26)
T
TGEE** – TG-70 Entrance End Fitting (page C2.25)
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C2.21
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
TG-70 Configurations B1.Cable Ties
Exploded view 1 Components Required
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
See page
A.
T70FV2 = Vertical Sloped Communication Snap-On Faceplate.
B.
PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® Modules.
C.
T70PG = Single Gang Rectangular Electrical/ Communication Snap-On Faceplate.
C2.54
D.
ERU20 = 20A Rectangular Electrical Outlet (screws included).
C2.60
E.
JBP2FS = FAST-SNAP Double Gang Power Rated Surface Mount Outlet Box.
C2.52
C1.Wiring Duct
C2.52 —
™
C2. Surface Raceway
C A
C3. Abrasion Protection
E
D B
C4. Cable Management
Exploded view 2 Components Required
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
See page
A.
T70PG = Single Gang Rectangular Electrical Communication Faceplate.
C2.54
B.
ERU20 = 20A Rectangular Electrical Outlet (screws included).
C2.60
C.
TG70HB3 = TG-70 Three-Sided Hanging Box.
C2.26
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
B E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
C E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C2.22
A
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
TG-70 Configurations (continued) Exploded view 3
B1.Cable Ties
Components Required A.
T70FH4 = Snap-On Horizontal Sloped Communication Faceplate.
B.
PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® Modules.
See page C2.52 B2. Cable Accessories
—
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
B
C2. Surface Raceway
A C3. Abrasion Protection
Exploded view 4 Components Required A.
CPG = Single Gang Rectangular Screw-On Faceplate (screws included).
B.
PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® Modules. T70DB = T70 Device Bracket.
C.
C4. Cable Management
See page C2.59 —
D1.Terminals
C2.26
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
C
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
A
B E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C2.23
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PAN-WAY ® TG-70 Surface Raceway System B1.Cable Ties
• Compatible with NEMA standard faceplates or PAN-WAY ® Classic Series Snap-On Faceplates • Transitions to PANDUIT T-45 and LD Profile Raceway • Supplied with pre-punched mounting holes
• UL & CSA rated 600V; meets UL5A and CSA C22.2 No. 62.1-03 standards • Large cable capacity with aesthetically pleasing design • Tamper resistant
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel TG-70 Internal Area = 10.85 Sq. In.
C1.Wiring Duct
Part Number
Part Description
Std. Length Ctn. Qty. Raceway Size Color‡ (ft)
TG-70 Raceway Base and Cover – PACKAGED TOGETHER TG70IW8
C2. Surface Raceway
TG70
TG70IW10
TG-70 Raceway Base and Cover in 8' and 10' lengths. Supplied with pre-punched mounting holes.
5.32" x 2.68"
Off White
—
Off White
8
32
10
40
8
96
10
120
8
64
10
80
T-70/TG-70/Twin-70 Raceway Cover T70CIW8 C3. Abrasion Protection
T70CIW10
T-70, TG-70, or Twin-70 Raceway Cover in 8' and 10' lengths.
TG Raceway Divider Wall TGDW8 C4. Cable Management
T70C TGDW10
TG Raceway Divider Wall. Snaps onto rails in TG Raceway Base to create separate channels. Must use wire retainers to ensure channel separation per UL/CSA. Available in 8' and 10' lengths.
—
Gray
‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory). Order number of feet required in multiples of standard carton quantity.
D1.Terminals
TGDW D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C2.24
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PAN-WAY ® TG-70 Raceway Fittings • TG-70 fittings are designed to exceed the TIA/EIA-568-B and 569-B required minimum bend radius for high performance copper and fiber optic cabling systems
Part Number T70CCIW-X T70CC
TGRA
TGSIC
TGSOC
TG70BC
Part Description Cover Coupler Fitting. Used to join sections of cover together.
B1.Cable Ties
Std. Pkg. Color‡ Qty. Off 10 White
Std. Ctn. Qty. 100
B2. Cable Accessories
TG70BCIW-X Base Coupler Fitting. Each piece includes two base coupler halves for joining sections of TG-70 Base together.
Off White
10
—
TGRAIW
Right Angle Fitting. Used to join sections of TG Raceway at 90° flat junctions.
Off White
1
10
TGICIW
Inside Corner Fitting. Used to join sections of TG Raceway at inside corners. Fittings adjust from 85° to 135° to adapt to non-square corners.
Off White
1
—
C1.Wiring Duct
TGSICIW
Inside Corner Fitting – Non-adjustable. Used to join sections of TG Raceway at inside corners.
Off White
1
10
C2. Surface Raceway
TGOCIW
Outside Corner Fitting. Used to join sections of TG Raceway at outside corners. Fittings adjust from 85° to 135° to adapt to non-square corners.
Off White
1
—
TGSOCIW
Outside Corner Fitting – Non-adjustable. Used to join sections of TG Raceway at outside corners.
Off White
1
10
TGTIW
Tee Fitting. Used to join sections of TG Raceway at tee intersections.
Off White
1
5
TGTD
Tee Divider Insert. Mounts inside TGT Tee Fitting to maintain channel separation in TG Raceway at tee intersections.
Gray
1
5
TGECIW
End Cap. Used to terminate or allow entry to TG Raceway. Two knockouts each for ½" (16mm) and 1" (27mm) conduit.
Off White
1
10
TGEEIW
Entrance End Fitting. Accepts large conduit, (up to 2") in line or at a right angle. Maintains a 40mm bend radius with a removable insert and channel separation.
Off White
1
10
TGTRIW
Transition Fitting from TG to T-45. Provides a tee transition from TG Raceway to T-45 and LD series size 5 and 10. Use with RF5X3 Reducer Fitting to transition to LD series size 3.
Off White
1
10
TGBFIW
Backfeed Fitting. Features breakouts to enter through the bottom of the fitting and maintains bend radius control with a removable, bend radius insert and channel separation.
Off White
1
10
TGBFI
Backfeed Fitting Insert. Removable and maintains bend radius control.
Off White
1
10
TGIC
TGOC
TGT
B3. Stainless Steel
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
TGTD
TGEE
TGEC
TGTR
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory).
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
TGBF
TGBFI E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C2.25
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PAN-WAY ® TG-70 Raceway Accessories B1.Cable Ties
• TG-70 accessories consist of device mounting brackets, standard faceplate brackets for data, wire retainers, and fiber spool brackets. The three-sided hanging box is used to mount NEMA standard single gang outlet and communications devices
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
T70DB-X
Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Color Qty. Qty. Gray 10 —
Part Number T70DB-X
Part Description Device Mounting Bracket. Used to mount NEMA standard single gang electrical outlets and communication devices with either screw-on or snap-on single gang faceplates. Can be used with T-70, Twin-70, and TG-70 Raceways.
T70SDB-X
Standard Faceplate Bracket. Used to mount NEMA standard 70mm single gang screw-on faceplates.
Gray
10
—
TG70HB3-X
Three-sided Hanging Box. Mounts standard electrical outlets or communication devices with either NEMA standard single gang screw-on or PANDUIT Snap-on Faceplates. When used with TGDW Divider Wall, box separates and fully encloses device to provide cabling separation.
Gray
10
—
TG70HB3GFCI-X
GFCI Three-Sided Hanging Box. Accepts single gang U.S. GFCI (ground fault circuit interrupter) standard electrical devices. Provides increased internal area for connections and excess wire.
Gray
10
—
TG70WR-X
Wire Retainer. Holds wires in place during installation.
Gray
10
100
TGFSB
Fiber Spool Bracket. Each piece consists of two halves that snap into base of TG Raceway. Provides method to contain one meter or more of fiber slack and acts as a strain relief while maintaining a minimum 32mm bend radius. Bracket separation can be adjusted to fit the length of slack required.
Gray
1
10
T70SDB-X
C1.Wiring Duct
TG70HB3-X
TG70HB3GFCI-X
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
TG70WR-X
TGFSB
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
TGFSB installed in TG-70 Raceway
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C2.26
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
Cable Fill Capacities for TG-70 Raceway This information is to be used as a guide in selecting the proper size raceway. The maximum amounts may vary according to Ithe cable installation methods, straightness of cables, etc.
B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
A = 10.09 in2
A = 10.68 in2
A = 10.85 in2
Cable fill #1: With Data only using Screw-On Faceplates and devices.
Cable fill #2: With Data only using Snap-On Faceplates and Wire Retainer.
Cable fill #3: With Wire Retainer. C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
A = 3.16 in2
A = 3.08 in2
A = 7.20 in2
Cable fill #4: Divided (see 5A and 5B for power and data applications).
A = 5.58 in2
Cable fill #5: With Power and data using Snap-On Faceplates and 3-Sided Power Box.
SPEC = 40% cable fill – The recommended design in cable capacity, leaves room for future moves, adds, and changes.
D1.Terminals
MAX for Data = 60% cable fill – The maximum cable quantity based on cable interweaving and packing factors.
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
MAX for Power cable fill – The maximum number of electrical cables based on UL temperature rise test. CR-SR-TG70-Wirefill1
Raceway Type & Configuration
Electrical Cables Data Grade Cable Data Grade Cable Audio/Video Fiber Optic Cable 14 AWG 12 AWG 10 AWG 24 AWG/UTP CM 24 AWG/UTP CM RG6 2 Strand THHN/T90 Cat 5e (4pr) Cat 6 (4pr) Fill .105 .122 .153 DIA. = .217 DIA. = .250 DIA. = .275 DIA. = .175 Area (in²) FILL FILL FILL FILL FILL MAX MAX MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX (UL Temp Rise Test) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%)
1.
TG-70: Data only using Screw-On Faceplates and Devices.
10.09
—
—
—
92
138
82
123
53
80
164
247
2.
TG-70: Data only using Snap-On Faceplates and Wire Retainer.
10.68
—
—
—
97
146
87
130
56
85
174
261
3.
TG-70: Wire Retainer without devices.
10.85
40
40
38
99
148
88
132
57
86
177
265
4A.
TG-70: Divided power and data (A).
3.16
28
28
26
28
43
25
38
17
25
51
77
4B.
TG-70: Divided power and data (B).
7.2
—
—
—
65
98
58
88
38
57
117
176
5A.
TG-70: Power and data using Snap-On Faceplates and 3-Sided Power Box (A).
3.08
28
28
26
28
42
25
37
16
24
50
75
5B.
TG-70: Power and data using Snap-On Faceplates and 3-Sided Power Box (B).
5.58
—
—
—
51
76
45
68
30
44
91
136
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C2.27
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
Notes B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C2.28
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PAN-WAY ® T-70 & TWIN-70 NON-METALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY PAN-WAY ® T-70 and Twin-70 Non-Metallic Surface Raceways are multi-channel raceways which provide solutions for routing copper, fiber optic and/or power cabling along fixed perimeter walls. T-70 features the WORKSTATION OUTLET CENTER ™ Offset Box which provides an offset solution to maximize channel capacity and outlet density. Twin-70 offers two totally independent channels maintained throughout the system for independent access to power, copper and fiber optic cabling.
• Aesthetically pleasing • Lightweight • Tamper resistant • Fittings maintain 1" bend radius control • T-70 utilizes a single channel with snap-in divider wall to provide multi-channel capability • Twin-70 utilizes two independent channels and covers to provide multi-channel capability
The T-70 and Twin-70 raceway systems consist of raceway base and cover, fittings, termination hardware and accessories. PAN-WAY ® T-70 and Twin-70 raceway can mount NEMA standard screw-on faceplates or superior PAN-WAY ® Snap-On Faceplates directly to the channel. Fittings for T-70 and Twin-70 are available to transition to T-70,Twin-70,T-45 and LD raceways.
B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C2.29
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
T-70 Raceway Roadmap B1.Cable Ties
M G
B2. Cable Accessories
J See exploded view 1 pg. C2.32
B3. Stainless Steel
See exploded view 4 pg. C2.33
K
1 S
C1.Wiring Duct
B
K
H
E
Q
C P
D
C2. Surface Raceway
A
J
C3. Abrasion Protection
L
C4. Cable Management
R J
D1.Terminals
N D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
O S
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C2.30
S
F
2
See exploded view 2 pg. C2.32
T See exploded view 3 pg. C2.33
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
1
T70B**, T70C** – T-70 Base and Cover (page C2.36)
J
1
T70DW – T-70 Divider Wall (page C2.36)
K
2
LD2P10** – LD2P10 Raceway (page C2.75)
A
B
C
T70FH2** – Snap-On Horizontal Sloped Communication Faceplate (page C2.52)
B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
L
T70RA** – T-70 Right Angle Fitting (page C2.36) C1.Wiring Duct
T70EC** – T-70 End Cap Fitting (page C2.37)
M
T70EE** – T-70 Entrance End Fitting (page C2.37)
N
JBP2FS** – FAST-SNAP™ Double Gang Power Rated Surface Mount Outlet Box (page C2.58)
O
T70FV2** – Vertical Sloped Communication Snap-On Faceplate (page C2.53)
T70TR** – T-70 Transition Fitting (page C2.37)
T70T** – T-70 Tee Fitting T70TD – T-70 Tee Divider (page C2.37)
T70PG** – Single Gang Rectangular Electrical Communication Snap-On Faceplate (page C2.53)
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D
T70OC** – T-70 Outside Corner Fitting (page C2.37)
P
T70DB-X – T-70 Device Bracket (page C2.40) D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
Q E
T70BC** – T-70 Base Coupler Fitting (page C2.36)
F
T70CC** – T-70 Cover Coupler Fitting (page C2.36)
G
T70WC2** – T-70 WORKSTATION OUTLET CENTER™ Offset Box for Snap-On Faceplates (page C2.37)
H
T70IC** – T-70 Inside Corner Fitting (page C2.36)
CPG** – Single Gang Rectangular Screw-On Faceplate (page C2.55) E1. Labeling System
R
T70BF** – T-70 Backfeed Fitting (page C2.37)
S
ERU20** – 20A Rectangular Electrical Outlet (page C2.56)
T
T70HB3-X – Three-Sided Hanging Box (page C2.40)
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C2.31
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
T-70 Configurations B1.Cable Ties
Exploded view 1 Components Required
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
A.
T70WC2 = T-70 WORKSTATION OUTLET CENTER Offset Box for Snap-On Faceplates.
C2.37
B.
ERU20 = 20A Rectangular Electrical Outlet (screws included).
C2.60 —
C.
PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® Modules.
D.
T70PG = Single Gang Rectangular Electrical/ Communication Snap-On Faceplate.
C2.53
E.
T70FH2 = Snap-On Horizontal Sloped Communication Faceplate.
C2.52
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
B C3. Abrasion Protection
D
A C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
C
E1. Labeling System
E
Exploded view 2 Components Required
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
See page
A.
T70PG = Single Gang Rectangular Electrical/ Communication Snap-On Faceplate.
C2.53
B.
ERU20 = 20A Rectangular Electrical Outlet (screws included).
C2.60
C.
T70HB3-X = Three-Sided Hanging Box.
C2.40
E2. Labels
B E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
C
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
A F. Index
C2.32
See page ™
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
T-70 Configurations (continued) B1.Cable Ties
Exploded view 3 Components Required A.
T70FH2 = Snap-On Horizontal Sloped Communication Faceplate.
B.
PANDUIT MINI-COM Modules. ®
See page C2.52
®
B2. Cable Accessories
—
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
B C3. Abrasion Protection
A C4. Cable Management
Exploded view 4
D1.Terminals
Components Required A.
See page
CPG = Single Gang Rectangular Screw-On Faceplates
C2.59 D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
— C2.40
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
B
C
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
A E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C2.33
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
Twin-70 Raceway Roadmap B1.Cable Ties
R B2. Cable Accessories
A
C
H B3. Stainless Steel
F
A
L
J B
C1.Wiring Duct
M
S
1 Q
C2. Surface Raceway
3 P
K C3. Abrasion Protection
G
2
O N
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
C
C
D
F
E
S
F E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C2.34
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
1
2
3
A
B
T702B**, T70C** – Twin-70 Raceway Base and Cover (page C2.38)
J
T70CC** – T-70 Cover Coupler Fitting (page C2.36)
K
T702T** – Twin-70 Tee Fitting (page C2.39)
T45B**, T45C** – T-45 Raceway Base and Cover (page C2.48)
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
T70B**, T70C** – T-70 Raceway Base and Cover (page C2.36)
L
T702IC** – Twin-70 Inside Corner Fitting (page C2.39)
M
T702TR** – Twin-70 Transition Fitting (page C2.39)
T702EC** – Twin-70 End Cap Fitting (page C2.39)
T702TRL** – Twin-70 Transition Fitting (page C2.39)
B1.Cable Ties
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
T70RA** – T-70 Right Angle Fitting (page C2.36)
N
C
T70PG** – Single Gang Rectangular Electrical/ Communication Snap-On Faceplate (page C2.53)
O
D
T70FV2** – Vertical Sloped Communication Snap-On Faceplate (page C2.53)
T70EC** – T-70 End Cap Fitting (page C2.37)
P
T70FH4** – Snap-On Horizontal Sloped Communication Faceplate (page C2.52)
E
JBP2FS** – FAST-SNAP™ Double Gang Power Rated Surface Mount Outlet Box (page C2.58)
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
F
ERU20** – 20A Rectangular Electrical Outlet (page C2.56)
Q
T702RA** – Twin-70 Right Angle Fitting (page C2.39)
E2. Labels
G
T702OC** – Twin-70 Outside Corner Fitting (page C2.39)
R
T702EE** – Twin-70 Entrance End Fitting (page C2.39)
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
H
T702BC** – Twin-70 Base Coupler Fitting (page C2.39)
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
S
T70DB-X** – T-70 Device Mounting Bracket (page C2.40) F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C2.35
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PAN-WAY ® T-70 Surface Raceway System B1.Cable Ties
• Compatible with NEMA standard 70mm faceplates or PAN-WAY ® Classic Series Snap-On Faceplates • Transitions to PANDUIT T-45 and LD Profile Raceways • Supplied with pre-punched mounting holes
• UL & CSA rated 600V; meets UL5A and CSA C22.2 No. 62.1-03 standards • Large cable capacity with aesthetically pleasing design • Tamper resistant
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel T-70 Internal Area = 5.15 Sq. In.
C1.Wiring Duct
Part Number
Part Description
Std. Length Ctn. (ft) Qty. Raceway Size Color‡
T-70 Raceway Base T70BIW8
C2. Surface Raceway
T70BIW10
T70B
T70CIW8 T70CIW10
C4. Cable Management
T70C
D1.Terminals
T70DW10
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
60
T-70, TG-70, or Twin-70 Raceway Cover in 8' and 10' lengths.
8
96
10
120
T-70/Twin-70 Raceway Divider Wall. Snaps onto rails in T-70/Twin-70 Raceway base to create separate channels. Must use wire retainers to ensure channel separation per UL/CSA. Available in 8' and 10' lengths.
8
96
—
Gray
10
120
PAN-WAY ® T-70 Raceway Fittings • T-70 fittings are designed to maintain the TIA/EIA- 568-B and 569-B required minimum bend radius for high performance copper and fiber optic cabling systems
T70CC
T70BC
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
C2.36
—
Off White
10
‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White) or IG (International Gray in 8' lengths ONLY). Order raceway base and cover separately. Order number of feet required in multiples of standard carton quantity.
T70DW
E1. Labeling System
F. Index
Off White
48
T-70/Twin-70 Raceway Divider Wall T70DW8
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
4.07" x 1.77"
8
T-70/TG-70/Twin-70 Raceway Cover
C3. Abrasion Protection
E2. Labels
T-70 Raceway Base in 8' and 10' lengths. Supplied with pre-punched mounting holes.
T70RA
Std. Pkg. Color‡ Qty. Off 10 White
Std. Ctn. Qty. 100
Part Number T70CCIW-X
Part Description Cover Coupler Fitting. Used to join sections of cover together.
T70BCIW-X
Base Coupler Fitting. Used to join sections of T-70 Raceway Base together.
Off White
10
0
T70RAIW
Right Angle Fitting. Used to join sections of T-70 Raceway at right angles.
Off White
1
10
T70ICIW
Inside Corner Fitting. Used to join sections of T-70 Raceway at inside corners.
Off White
1
10
T70IC
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PAN-WAY ® T-70 Raceway Fittings (continued)
Part Number T70OCIW T70OC
T70TD
T70T
Part Description Outside Corner Fitting. Used to join sections of T-70 Raceway at outside corners.
Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Color‡ Qty. Qty. Off 1 10 White
T70TIW
Tee Fitting. Used to join sections of T-70 Raceway at tee intersections.
Off White
1
10
T70TD
T-70 Tee Fitting Divider. Separates power and data within tee fitting. Replaces T70TDB, T70TDC, AND T70TDT.
Gray
1
10
T70ECIW
End Cap Fitting. Used to terminate or allow entry to T-70 Raceway with conduit breakouts of 1/2".
Off White
1
10
T70EEIW
Entrance End Fitting. Conduit breakouts of 1/2", 3/4", 1", and 1 1/4" which allows entry from ceiling or wall.
Off White
1
10
T70TRIW
Transition Fitting. Used to transition to any LD Profile or T-45 Raceway while maintaining channel separation. Fitting includes bend radius insert.
Off White
1
10
T70EC
B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
T70EE
T70TR T70TRC
T70TRCIW
Transition Fitting Cover. Used to transition to any LD Profile or T-45 Raceway.
Off White
1
10
T70TRI
Divided Insert for T-70 to LD2P10. Maintains channel separation within T70TR fitting.
Gray
1
10
Off White
1
10
T70BFIW
Backfeed Fitting. Allows cable entry through the back of the Off T-70 Raceway. White
1
10
T70BFI
Backfeed Fitting Insert. Bend radius insert to be used with T70BF.
Gray
1
10
T70WCIW
WORKSTATION OUTLET CENTER ™ Offset Box for Screw-On Faceplates. Two-piece box and bracket accept any NEMA standard screw-on faceplate.
Off White
1
10
T70WC2IW
WORKSTATION OUTLET CENTER ™ Offset Box for PAN-WAY ® Snap-on Faceplates. Two-piece box and bracket accept any standard electrical outlet. Accepts any PAN-WAY ® Snap-On Electrical/Communication Faceplates.
Off White
1
10
T70WM40TRIW Wiremold* to T-70 Transition Fitting. In-line transition fitting from Wiremold G4000 to T-70 Raceway.
T70TRI
T70BF
T70WM40TR
T70BFI
‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), or WH (White). T702TRI available in Gray only. *Wiremold is a registered trademark of the Wiremold Co.
T70WC
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
T70WC2 E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C2.37
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PAN-WAY ® Twin-70 Surface Raceway System B1.Cable Ties
• Compatible with NEMA standard 70mm faceplates or PAN-WAY ® Classic Series Snap-On Faceplates • Tamper resistant • Supplied with pre-punched mounting holes
• UL & CSA rated 600V; meets UL5A and CSA C22.2 No. 62.1-03 standards • Separate channels allow independent access to power and communication cabling throughout the entire system • Transitions to PANDUIT T-70, T-45 and LD Profile Raceways
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel TWIN-70 Left Internal Area = 4.59 Sq. In. Right Inrenal Area = 4.59 Sq. In.
C1.Wiring Duct
Part Number
Part Description
Std. Length Ctn. Raceway Size Color‡ (ft) Qty.
Twin-70 Raceway Base C2. Surface Raceway
Twin-70 Raceway Base in 8' and 10' lengths. Supplied with pre-punched T702BIW10 mounting holes. T702BIW8 T702B
C3. Abrasion Protection
7.23" x 1.77"
Off White
8
24
10
30
8
96
10
120
8
96
10
120
T-70/TG-70/Twin-70 Raceway Cover T70CIW8
T-70, TG-70, or Twin-70 Raceway Cover in 8' and 10' lengths.
T70CIW10
—
C4. Cable Management
Off White
T-70/Twin-70 Raceway Divider Wall T70C D1.Terminals
T70DW8 T70DW10
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
T70DW
T-70/Twin-70 Raceway Divider Wall. Snaps onto rails in T-70/Twin-70 Raceway base to create separate channels. Must use wire retainers to ensure channel separation per UL/CSA. Available in 8' and 10' lengths.
—
Gray
‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory) or WH (White). Two feet of cover needed for every foot of Twin-70 Base. Order number of feet required in multiples of standard carton quantity.
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C2.38
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PAN-WAY ® Twin-70 Raceway Fittings • Twin-70 fittings are designed to maintain the TIA/EIA-568-B and 569-B required minimum bend radius for high performance copper and fiber optic cabling systems
Part Number T70CCIW-X T70CC
T702BC
Std. Pkg. Part Description Color‡ Qty. Cover Coupler Fitting. Used to join sections of cover together. Off 10 White
T702BCIW-X Base Coupler Fitting. Used for joining sections of Twin-70 Base together.
T702RA
B1.Cable Ties
Std. Ctn. Qty. 100
Off White
10
—
T702RAIW
Right Angle Fitting. Used to join sections of Twin-70 Raceway at 90° flat junctions.
Off White
1
10
T702ICIW
Inside Corner Fitting. Used to join sections of Twin-70 Raceway at inside corners.
Off White
1
10
T702OCIW
Outside Corner Fitting. Used to join sections of Twin-70 Raceway at outside corners.
Off White
1
10
T702TIW
Tee Fitting. Used to join sections of Twin-70 Raceway at tee intersections.
Off White
1
5
T702ECIW
End Cap Fitting. Conduit breakouts of 1/2" for entry into raceway channel.
Off White
1
10
Entrance End Fitting. Conduit breakouts of 1/2", 1", 1 1/4" and 1 1/2" for entry from ceiling or wall.
Off White
1
T702IC
T702OC
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
T702T
T702EC
T702EE T702EEIW
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
5
D1.Terminals
T702TR
T702TRL
T702TRI
T702TRIW
Transition Fitting. Used to transition to T-70 Raceway.
Off White
1
5
T702TRLIW
Transition Fitting. Used to transition to any LD Profile or T-45 Raceway.
Off White
1
5
T702TRI
Transition Divider Insert for Twin-70 to T-70 or Twin-70 to LD Profile. Maintains channel separation within T702TR or T702TRL fittings.
Gray
1
10
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory) or WH (White). T702TRI available in Gray only.
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C2.39
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PAN-WAY ® T-70 & Twin-70 Raceway Accessories B1.Cable Ties
• T-70 and Twin-70 accessories consist of device mounting brackets, snap-on device brackets, hanging boxes, and three-sided hanging boxes used to mount NEMA standard single gang electrical outlets and or communication devices
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
T70DB-X
Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Color Qty. Qty. Gray 10 —
Part Number T70DB-X
Part Description Device Mounting Bracket. Used to mount NEMA standard single gang electrical outlets and communication devices with either screw-on or snap-on single gang faceplates. Can be used with T-70, Twin-70, and TG-70 Raceways.
T70SDB-X
Standard Faceplate Bracket. Used to mount NEMA standard 70mm single gang screw-on faceplates.
Gray
10
—
T70HB-X
Hanging Box. Used to mount NEMA standard single Gray gang electrical outlets and devices with either screw-on or snap-on single gang faceplates when there are communications cables in the raceway. For use in T-70 and Twin-70 Raceway only.
10
—
T70HB3-X
Three-Sided Hanging Box. Used to mount NEMA standard single gang electrical outlets and devices with either screw-on or snap-on single gang faceplates when there are communications cables in the raceway. Box is low profile for increased channel capacity and does not require breakout removal. For use with T-70 and Twin-70 Raceway only.
Gray
10
—
T70HB3GFCI-X
T70 GFCI Three-Sided Hanging Box. Accepts single gang U.S. GFCI (ground fault circuit interrupter) standard electrical devices. Provides increased internal area for connections and excess wire.
Gray
10
—
T70WR-X
Wire Retainer. Holds wires in place during installation.
Gray
10
100
T70S-X
Spacer Plate. Used to mount the CBX4 Surface Mount Box onto the T70DB-X or T70HB-X/T70HB3-X.
—
10
—
T70FSB
Fiber Spool Bracket. Each piece consists of two halves that snap into base of T-70 or Twin-70 Raceway. Provides method to contain one meter or more of fiber slack and acts as a strain relief while maintaining a minimum 30mm bend radius. Bracket separation can be adjusted to fit the length of slack required.
Gray
1
10
T70SDB-X
C1.Wiring Duct
T70HB-X
T70HB3-X
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
T70HB3GFCI-X
C4. Cable Management
T70S-X D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
T70FSB
T70WR-X
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
Use the T70FSB with T-70 or Twin-70 Raceway to contain 1m or more of fiber slack while maintaining a 30mm cable bend radius. Brackets are adjustable for slack length.
Use T70S-X Spacer Plate for mounting the CBX4 Surface Mount Box on T-70 or Twin-70.
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C2.40
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
Cable Fill Capacities for T-70 Raceway This information is to be used as a guide in selecting the proper size raceway. The maximum amounts may vary according to lthe cable installation methods, straightness of cables, etc.
B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
b
a
A = 5.15 in2
A = 1.72 in2
A = .86 in2
Cable fill #1: Raceway with no devices.
B3. Stainless Steel
A = 3.67 in2
Cable fill #2: Power and data using Three-Sided Hanging Box and Device Bracket.
Cable fill #3: Data only using Vertical Sloped Screw-On Communication Faceplates.
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
a
A = .91 in2
A = 4.71 in2
C3. Abrasion Protection
b
A = 3.12 in2
C4. Cable Management
Cable fill #5: Power and data using the WORKSTATION OUTLET CENTER ™ Offset Box.
Cable fill #4: Data only using Horizontal Sloped Snap-On Communication Faceplates.
D1.Terminals
SPEC = 40% cable fill – The recommended design in cable capacity, leaves room for future moves, adds and changes.
MAX for Data = 60% cable fill – The maximum cable quantity based on cable interweaving and packing factors. MAX for Power cable fill – The maximum of electrical cables based on UL temperature rise test.
CR-SR-T70-Wire Fill1
Raceway Type & Configuration
1.
T-70: No devices.
2a.
T-70: Power and data using the ThreeSided Hanging Box and Device Bracket.
2b.
Electrical Cables Data Grade Cable Data Grade Cable Audio/Video Fiber Optic Cable 14 AWG 12 AWG 10 AWG 24 AWG/UTP CM 24 AWG/UTP CM RG6 2 Strand THHN/T90 Cat 5e (4pr) Cat 6 (4pr) Fill .105 .122 .153 DIA. = .217 DIA. = .250 DIA. = .275 DIA. = .175 Area (in²) FILL FILL FILL FILL FILL MAX MAX MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX (UL Temp Rise Test) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%) 5.15
24
20
15
55
83
41
62
27
41
86
129
.86
14
11
7
9
14
7
10
5
7
14
21
1.72
—
—
—
19
28
14
21
9
14
29
43
3.
T-70: Data only (Screw-On Faceplates).
3.67
—
—
—
39
59
29
44
19
29
67
101
4.
T-70: Data only (Snap-On Faceplates).
4.71
—
—
—
50
76
38
57
25
37
83
125
5a.
T-70: Power and data using the WORKSTATION OUTLET CENTER ™ Offset Box.
.91
14
11
7
9
14
7
11
5
7
15
23
3.12
—
—
—
33
50
25
38
17
25
52
78
5b.
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C2.41
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
Cable Fill Capacities for Twin-70 Raceway B1.Cable Ties
This information is to be used as a guide in selecting the proper size raceway. The maximum amounts may vary according to lthe cable installation methods, straightness of cables, etc.
B2. Cable Accessories
a
B3. Stainless Steel
b
A = 2.05 in2
A = 1.43 in2
Cable fill #1: Power and data with no devices.
A = 3.11 in2
A = 4.59 in2 Cable fill #2: One Twin-70 Channel with no devices.
C1.Wiring Duct
A = 3.32 in2
Cable fill #3: Data only using Cable fill #4: Power using Device Vertical Sloped Screw-On Bracket and NEMA standard Communication Faceplates. 70mm Screw-On faceplates.
C2. Surface Raceway
A = 4.14 in2
A = 2.33 in2
Cable fill #5: Data only using Horizontal Sloped Snap-On Communication Faceplates.
Cable fill #6: 20A TVSS Rectangular Outlet using Device Bracket and Snap-On Electrical/Communication Faceplate.
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
SPEC = 40% cable fill – The recommended design in cable capacity, leaves room for future moves, adds, and changes.
MAX for Power cable fill – The maximum of electrical cables based on UL temperature rise test.
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
CR-SR-Tw70-Wire Fill1
Raceway Type & Configuration
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
1a.
2.05
—
—
—
22
33
16
25
18
27
34
51
1.43
—
—
—
15
23
11
17
12
19
24
36
Twin-70: One channel (no devices).
4.59
—
—
—
49
74
37
56
24
36
76
115
3.
Twin-70: Data only (Screw-On Faceplate).
3.11
—
—
—
33
50
25
38
16
25
52
78
4.
Twin-70: Power only (Screw-On Faceplate).
3.32
15
13
13
35
53
27
40
18
26
55
83
5.
Twin-70: Data only (Snap-On Faceplate).
4.14
—
—
—
44
67
33
50
22
33
69
103
6.
Twin-70: TVSS Power (Snap-On Faceplate).
2.33
16
16
14
25
37
18
28
12
18
39
58
2.
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C2.42
Electrical Cables Data Grade Cable Data Grade Cable Audio/Video Fiber Optic Cable 14 AWG 12 AWG 10 AWG 24 AWG/UTP CM 24 AWG/UTP CM RG6 2 Strand THHN/T90 Cat 5e (4pr) Cat 6 (4pr) Fill .105 .122 .153 DIA. = .217 DIA. = .250 DIA. = .275 DIA. = .175 Area (in²) FILL FILL FILL FILL FILL MAX MAX MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX (UL Temp Rise Test) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%)
Twin-70: Power and data, without devices. 1b.
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
MAX for Data = 60% cable fill – The maximum cable quantity based on cable interweaving and packing factors.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PAN-WAY ® T-45 NON-METALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY
PAN-WAY ® T-45 Non-Metallic Surface Raceway is a multi-channel raceway, which provides a solution for routing copper, fiber optic and/or power cabling along fixed perimeter walls. T-45 Surface Raceway terminates using the T-45 Hinged Data and Power Brackets, T-45 Offset Box and select PAN-WAY ® Surface Mount Outlet Boxes.
• Multi-directional cover hinge allows cable installation from either side • Hinged data and power brackets provide easy access for terminating outlets • Aesthetically pleasing • Lightweight • Tamper resistant • Fittings maintain 1" bend radius control
B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
PAN-WAY ® T-45 Surface Raceway accepts NEMA standard screw-on faceplates for superior PAN-WAY ® Snap-On Faceplates when terminating with the T-45 Offset Box and Surface Mount Outlet Boxes. Fittings for T-45 are available to transition to PAN-WAY ® LD Series Raceways.
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C2.43
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
T-45 Raceway Roadmap B1.Cable Ties
J S
H
B2. Cable Accessories
See exploded view 4 pg. C2.47
R L
B3. Stainless Steel
1
M
2
N
C1.Wiring Duct
K
R
R
O G
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
A B
C4. Cable Management
F C
E
D1.Terminals
D D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
M R
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C2.44
Q
See exploded view 1 pg. C2.46
See exploded view 2 pg. C2.46
P
See exploded view 3 pg. C2.47
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
1
1
T45B**, T45C** – T-45 Raceway (page C2.48)
J
T45DW** – T-45 Divider Wall (page C2.48)
K 2
B
T45IC** – T-45 Inside Corner Fitting (page C2.49)
LDPH10** – LDPH10 Raceway (page C2.77)
T45EC** – T-45 End Cap Fitting (page C2.49)
T45T**and T45TD – T-45 Tee Fitting and Divider (page C2.49)
B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
L A
CPG** – Single Gang Rectangular Electrical/ Communication Screw-On Faceplate (page C2.59)
M
T45WC** – T-45 Offset Box for Screw-On Faceplates/Receptacles (page C2.49)
T70PG** – Single Gang Rectangular Electrical/ Communication Snap-On Faceplate (page C2.54)
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
C
D
JBP2FS** – FAST-SNAP ™ Double Gang Power Rated Surface Mount Outlet Box (C2.58)
T70FV2** – Snap-On Vertical Sloped Communication Faceplate (C2.52 )
N
C4. Cable Management
O
P E
T45WC2** – T-45 Offset Box for Snap-On Faceplates (page C2.49)
T45HDB** – T-45 Snap-On Hinged Data Bracket (page C2.49)
T70FH4** – Snap-On Horizontal Sloped Communication Faceplate (page C2.52)
D1.Terminals
T45RA** – T-45 Right Angle Fitting (page C2.49)
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
Q F
G
H
T45OC** – T-45 Outside Corner Fitting (page C2.49)
T45RLD** – T-45 Reducer Fitting (page C2.49)
JBP1** – Power Rated Single Gang Two-Piece Box (page C2.58)
T45HEGB** – T-45 Electrical Bracket (page C2.49) E2. Labels
R
S
ERU20** – 20A Rectangular Electrical Outlet (page C2.60)
T45EE** – T-45 Entrance End Fitting (page C2.49)
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C2.45
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
T-45 Configurations B1.Cable Ties
Exploded view 1 Components Required
B2. Cable Accessories
A.
T45HDB = T-45 Snap-On Hinged Data Bracket.
B.
PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® Modules.
See page C2.49 —
B3. Stainless Steel
B
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
A
Exploded view 2 Components Required A.
T70PG = Single Gang Rectangular Electrical/ Communication Snap-On Faceplate.
C2.54
B.
ERU20 = 20A Rectangular Electrical Outlet (screws included).
C2.60
C.
T45WC = T-45 Offset Box for Screw-On Faceplates/Receptacles.
C2.49
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
See page
C
E1. Labeling System
B E2. Labels
A E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C2.46
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
T-45 Configurations (continued) B1.Cable Ties
Exploded view 3 Components Required
See page
A.
T70FH4 = Snap-On Horizontal Sloped Communication Faceplate.
B.
PANDUIT MINI-COM Modules.
C.
T45WC2 = T-45 Offset Box for Snap-On Faceplates.
®
C2.52
B2. Cable Accessories
—
®
C2.49 B3. Stainless Steel
A
C1.Wiring Duct
B C
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
Exploded view 4 Components Required A. B.
See page
T45HEGB = T-45 Electrical Bracket for Rectangular Outlet.
C2.49
ERU20 = 20A Rectangular Electrical Outlet (screws included).
C2.60
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
B E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
A
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C2.47
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
B1.Cable Ties
PAN-WAY ® T-45 Surface Raceway System • UL and CSA rated 600V; meets UL5A and CSA C22.2 No. 62.1-03 standards • Hinged cover allows easy access from either side • Optional factory applied adhesive backing speeds installation
• Supplied with pre-punched mounting holes • Tamper resistant • Terminates using the T-45 Hinged Data or Power Brackets, Offset Box, or Surface Mount Outlet Box solutions
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
T-45 Internal Area = 2.12 Sq. In.
C1.Wiring Duct
Part Number
Part Description
Length Raceway Size Color‡ (ft)
Std. Ctn. Qty.
T-45 Raceway Base with adhesive C2. Surface Raceway
T45B
T45BIW8-A T-45 Raceway Base in 8' and 10' lengths with adhesive. Supplied with pre-punched mounting holes.
2.38" x 1.25"
T45BIW10-A
2.38" x 1.25"
Off White
8
160
10
200
8
160
10
200
8 10
160 200
8
160
10
200
T-45 Raceway Base without Adhesive T45BIW8
C3. Abrasion Protection
T45BIW10
T-45 Raceway Base in 8' and 10' lengths. Supplied with pre-punched mounting holes.
—
Off White
—
Off White
T-45 Raceway Cover C4. Cable Management
T45CIW8 T45C
T45CIW10
T-45 Raceway Cover in 8' and 10' lengths. Can be hinged open on either side of T-45 Base.
T-45 Raceway Divider Wall T45DW8 D1.Terminals T45DW10
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
T45DW
T-45 Divider Wall. Snaps onto rails in T-45 Raceway Base to create separate channels. Must use wire retainers to ensure channel separation per UL/CSA. Available in 8' and 10' lengths.
—
Gray
‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory). Order base and cover separately Order number of feet required in multiples of standard carton quantity.
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C2.48
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PAN-WAY Type T-45 Raceway Fittings ®
• T-45 fittings are designed to maintain the TIA/EIA-568-B and 569-B required minimum bend radius for high performance copper and fiber optic cabling systems
T45CC
T45IC
T45T
T45EC
B1.Cable Ties
Std. Pkg. Color‡ Qty. Off 10 White
Std. Ctn. Qty. 100
Part Number T45CCIW-X
Part Description Cover Coupler Fitting. Used to join two pieces of T-45 Cover together.
T45RAIW
Right Angle Fitting. Used to join sections of T-45 Raceway at 90° flat junction.
Off White
1
10
T45ICIW
Inside Corner Fitting. Used to join T-45 Raceway at inside corner.
Off White
1
10
T45OCIW
Outside Corner Fitting. Used to join T-45 Raceway at 90° outside corner.
Off White
1
10
T45TIW
Tee Fitting. Used to join T-45 Raceway at tee intersections.
Off White
1
10
T45TD
Divided Insert. Used to separate power and data within the T45T.
Gray
1
10
T45ECIW
End Cap Fitting. Used to terminate T-45 Raceway.
Off White
1
10
T45EEIW
Entrance End Fitting. With knockouts for 1/2", 3/4", 1", and 1 1/4" conduit which allows entry from ceiling or wall.
Off White
1
10
T45RLDIW
Reducer Fitting. Reduces from T-45 to LD10 Profile Raceways.
Off White
1
10
T45RA
T45EE
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
T45OC
T45TD
B2. Cable Accessories
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
T45RLD
T45HDB
T45HEGB
T45TRI
T45HEB
T45WR-X
T45TRI
Provides bend radius control at transition from T-70 to T-45 when used with T70TR.
Gray
1
10
T45HDBIW
Snap-on Hinged Data Bracket. Used for mounting PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® and FJ ® modules vertically in-line within T-45 Raceway. Can be hinged opened on either side of T-45 Base.
Off White
1
10
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
T45HEBIW
Electrical Bracket and Box. Used for mounting standard 106 duplex electrical outlets.
Off White
1
10
E1. Labeling System
Off White
1
10
T45HEGBIW Electrical Bracket and Box. Used for mounting standard rectangular style electrical outlets.
E2. Labels
T45WR-X
Wire Retainers. Used to hold wires in place during installation.
Gray
10
100
T45WCIW
Offset Box. Allows for the mounting of any standard electrical or communication outlet offset from the raceway channel. Box accepts any NEMA standard screw-on faceplate or PAN-WAY ® Electrical Snap-On Faceplates.
Off White
1
10
Offset Box. Box accepts any PAN-WAY ® Communication Snap-On Faceplates.
Off White
1
T45WC2IW
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
10
‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory). T45TD, T45TRI, and T45WR-X available in Gray only.
T45WC
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
T45WC2 For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C2.49
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
Cable Fill Capacities for T-45 Raceway This information is to be used as a guide in selecting the proper size raceway. The maximum amounts may vary according to the cable installation methods, straightness of cables, etc. B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
A = .44 in2
A = 2.13 in2
A = 1.72 in2
Cable fill #1: T-45 with no devices.
Cable fill #2: T-45 with wire retainer.
B = 1.20 in2
Cable fill #3: Power and data using a Wire Retainer and Divider Wall.
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
A = .44 in2
B = .68 in2
C = .44 in2
A = .41 in2
Cable fill #4: Power and data using a Wire Retainer and Divider Walls.
C2. Surface Raceway
B = 1.06 in2
Cable fill #5: Power and data using the Offset Box.
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
A = .52 in2
A = 2.00 in2 Cable fill #6: Data only using Hinged Data Bracket.
D1.Terminals
B = 1.2 in2
Cable fill #8: Power and data Using Electrical Bracket/Box and Hinged Data Bracket.
Cable fill #7: Power and data using Hinged Data Bracket with Divider Insert.
SPEC = 40% cable fill – The recommended design in cable capacity, leaves room for future moves, adds, and changes.
B = .5 in2
A = .22 in2
MAX for Data = 60% cable fill – The maximum cable quantity based on cable interweaving and packing factors. MAX for Power cable fill – The maximum of electrical cables based on UL temperature rise test.
CR-SR-T45-Wire Fill1
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
Raceway Type & Configuration
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
1.
T-45: No devices.
2.13
36
27
25
22
34
17
26
11
17
35
53
2.
T-45: No devices with wire retainer.
1.72
36
27
25
18
27
14
21
9
14
28
42
T-45: Power and data with wire retainer and divider wall (2 channels).
.44
12
11
8
4
7
3
5
2
3
7
10
3A. 3B. 4A. 4B.
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
5A.
6. 7A. 7B. 8A.
F. Index
C2.50
T-45: Power and data with wire retainer and two divider walls (3 channels).
4C.
5B.
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
Electrical Cables Data Grade Cable Data Grade Cable Audio/Video Fiber Optic Cable 14 AWG 12 AWG 10 AWG 24 AWG/UTP CM 24 AWG/UTP CM RG6 2 Strand THHN/T90 Cat 5e (4pr) Cat 6 (4pr) Fill .105 .122 .153 DIA. = .217 DIA. = .250 DIA. = .275 DIA. = .175 Area (in²) FILL FILL FILL FILL FILL MAX MAX MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX (UL Temp Rise Test) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%)
8B.
1.20
—
—
—
12
19
9
14
6
10
16
29
.44
12
11
8
4
7
3
5
2
3
7
10
.68
—
—
—
7
11
5
8
4
5
11
16
.44
—
—
—
4
7
3
5
2
3
7
10 10
T-45: Power and data using the WORKSTATION OUTLET CENTER ™ Offset Box.
.41
12
11
8
4
6
3
5
2
3
6
1.06
—
—
—
11
17
8
12
6
8
17
26
T-45: Data only using data bracket.
2.00
—
—
—
21
32
16
24
11
16
33
49
T-45 Power and data using Hinged Data Bracket with Divider Insert.
.52
12
11
8
—
—
—
3
4
—
—
1.2
—
—
—
12
24
T-45: Power and data using Electrical Bracket and Box.
.22
9
7
4
—
.5
—
—
—
5
18
8
9
14
6
10
16
—
—
1
2
—
—
4
6
3
4
8
12
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PAN-WAY ® SNAP-ON FACEPLATES & SURFACE MOUNT OUTLET BOXES PAN-WAY ® Snap-On Faceplates are designed for use with PANDUIT surface raceway systems and install faster than conventional screw-on faceplates, reducing labor costs and providing a more aesthetic appearance. PAN-WAY ® Snap-On Communication Faceplates are available in vertical and horizontal orientation and accept PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® Copper and Fiber Optic Modules. Electrical outlets are available in colors to complement PANDUIT raceway and are available in 20A, 106 duplex, rectangular,TVSS and GFCI.
• Snap-on faceplates install without the use of screws providing faster installation and superior aesthetics • FAST-SNAP ™ boxes assemble without the use of screws and accept PAN-WAY ® Snap-On Faceplates • Snap-on communication faceplates are available in horizontal or vertical sloped outlet configurations • Snap-on electrical faceplates are available in 106 duplex or rectangular styles
Surface mount outlet boxes are available for both power and communication applications.They are compatible with PAN-WAY ® LD, LDPH, LD2P10, and T-45 Raceway Systems. PAN-WAY ® Snap-On Faceplates mount directly to Cove, TG-70, T-70, Twin-70, T-45 raceways, PAN-WAY ® FAST-SNAP ™ Boxes and PAN-POLE ™ Aluminum Outlet Poles.
B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C2.51
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PAN-WAY ® FAST-SNAP ™ Surface Mount Outlet Boxes B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
Part Description Single Gang Two-piece Snap Together Outlet Box with adhesive backing. Box accepts PAN-WAY ® Snap-On Faceplates. For use with PAN-WAY ® T-45 or LD Profile Raceways. 5.0"L x 3.3"W x 1.6"H (127.1mm x 82.7mm x 41.1mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter conduit.
JBP2FSIW
Double Gang Power Rated Two-Piece Snap Together Outlet Box. Box accepts PAN-WAY ® Snap-On Faceplates. For use with PAN-WAY ® T-45 or LD Profile Raceways. 5.0"L x 6.1"W x 1.6"H (127mm x 156mm x 41mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter conduit.
JB1FS
JBP2FS**
C2. Surface Raceway
1
10
‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray) or WH (White).
• Can be used with PAN-WAY ® Cove, TG-70, T-70, Twin-70, T-45 Raceway Systems, FAST-SNAP ™ Outlet Boxes, and PAN-POLE ™ Aluminum Outlet Pole Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Color‡ Qty. Qty. Off 1 10 White
Part Number Part Description T70FH2IW Snap-on Horizontal Sloped Communication Faceplate. Accepts two PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® modules (not included). No additional mounting hardware required. T70FH2
T70FH4
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
Off White
PAN-WAY ® Classic Series Snap-On Faceplates for Use with PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® Modules
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Color‡ Qty. Qty. Off 1 10 White
Part Number JB1FSIW-A
C1.Wiring Duct
C3. Abrasion Protection
• JB1FS and JBP2FS accept PAN-WAY ® Snap-On Faceplates for superior aesthetics
• JB1FS and JBP2FS assemble without the use of screws for faster installation • JB1FS and JBP2FS are supplied with adhesive backing to speed installation
T70FV2
T70FV4
T70FH4IW
Snap-on Horizontal Sloped Communication Faceplate. Accepts four PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® modules (not included). No additional mounting hardware required.
Off White
1
10
T70FV2IW
Snap-on Vertical Sloped Communication Faceplate. Accepts two PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® modules (not included). No additional mounting hardware required.
Off White
1
10
T70FV4IW
Snap-on Vertical Sloped Communication Faceplate. Accepts four PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® modules (not included). No additional mounting hardware required.
Off White
1
10
‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray) or WH (White).
E2. Labels
Component Labels for PAN-WAY ® Classic Series Snap-On Faceplates for Use with PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® Modules and Inserts Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
Faceplate Part Number T70FH2IW T70FV2IW T70FV4IW All T70B parts T70FH4IW
Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Printer Label
VIPER ™ LS6 Portable Printer Label
PANACEA® LS7 Hand-Held Printer Label
C125X030FJJ
C125X030FJ6
LS7-25-1
C252X030FJJ
C252X030FJ6
LS7-25-1
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference chart on pages E2.1 – E2.30.
F. Index
C2.52
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PAN-WAY ® Classic Series Snap-On Faceplates for Use with PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® Inserts • Single gang vertical or horizontal sloped communication faceplates accept one or two PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® inserts
• Can be used with PAN-WAY ® Cove,TG-70, T-70, Twin-70, T-45 Raceway Systems, FAST-SNAP ™ Outlet Boxes, and PAN-POLE ™ Aluminum Outlet Pole
Part Number Part Description T70BH1IW Snap-On Horizontal Communication Faceplate. Accepts one 1/2-size PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® Insert and two modules. No additional mounting hardware required. T70BH1
T70BH2
T70B2
Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Color‡ Qty. Qty. Off 1 10 White
T70BH2IW
Snap-On Horizontal Communication Faceplate. Accepts two 1/2-size PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® Inserts and four modules. No additional mounting hardware required.
Off White
1
10
T70B1IW
Snap-On Vertical Communication Faceplate. Holds one 1/2-size PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® Insert and two modules. No additional mounting hardware required.
Off White
1
10
Snap-On Vertical Communication Faceplate. Holds two 1/2-size PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® Inserts and four modules. No additional mounting hardware required.
Off White
1
T70B2IW
T70B1
B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
10 C2. Surface Raceway
‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray) or WH (White)
C3. Abrasion Protection
PAN-WAY ® Classic Series Snap-On Faceplates for Communication/Power C4. Cable Management
• Can be used with PAN-WAY ® Cove, TG-70, T-70, Twin-70, T-45 Raceway Systems, FAST-SNAP ™ Outlet Boxes, and PAN-POLE ™ Aluminum Outlet Pole
T70P
Std. Ctn. Qty. 10
Part Number T70PIW
Part Description Snap-On Single Gang 106 Duplex Electrical/Communication Faceplate. Used to cover one NEMA standard 106 duplex electrical outlet. In communication applications, covers one standard 106 duplex communication module frame. No additional mounting hardware required.
Color‡ Off White
T70PGIW
Snap-On Single Gang Rectangular Electrical/Communication Faceplate. Used to cover one NEMA standard rectangular electrical outlet. In communication applications, covers one standard rectangular communication module frame. No additional mounting hardware required.
Off White
1
10
T70PSIW
Snap-On Single Gang 106 Duplex Communication Faceplate. Used to cover one NEMA standard 106 duplex communication module frame. Module frame screw mounts directly to underside of snap-on faceplate. No mounting device needed. Supplied with one mounting screw. NOTE: Not for use with electrical devices.
Off White
1
10
Snap-On Single Gang Rectangular Communication Faceplate. Used to cover one NEMA standard rectangular communication module frame. Module frame screw mounts directly to underside of snap-on faceplate. No mounting device needed. Supplied with two mounting screws. NOTE: Not for use with electrical devices.
Off White
Snap-On Single Gang Blank Cover Faceplate.
Off White
T70PG
T70PGS
T70PS
Std. Pkg. Qty. 1
T70PGSIW
T70PN T70PNIW
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
1
10 E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
1
10
‡For other colors, replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray) or WH (White). See label chart on page C2.59
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C2.53
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PANDUIT ® NETKEY ™ Snap-On Sloped Keystone Faceplates B1.Cable Ties
• Accepts all PANDUIT ® NETKEY ™ Keystone Copper Modules and Duplex Fiber Optic Modules
Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Part Number Part Description Color‡ Qty. Qty. Off 1 10 NK2HSRFIW Snap-on two position sloped horizontal faceplate accepts any PANDUIT ® NETKEY ™ module. Compatible with PANDUIT ® White ™ FAST-SNAP Outlet Boxes, Surface Raceway Systems and PAN-POLE ™ Outlet Poles.
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
• Can be used with PAN-WAY ® Cove, TG-70, T-70, Twin-70, T-45 Raceway Systems, FAST-SNAP ™ Outlet Boxes, and PAN-POLE ™ Aluminum Outlet Pole
NK2HSRF
NK4HSRF
C1.Wiring Duct
NK4HSRFIW Snap mount four position sloped horizontal faceplate accepts any PANDUIT ® NETKEY ™ module. Compatible with PANDUIT ® FAST-SNAP ™ Outlet Boxes, Surface Raceway Systems and PAN-POLE ™ Outlet Poles.
Off White
1
10
NK4VSRFIW Snap mount four position sloped vertical faceplate accepts any PANDUIT ® NETKEY ™ module. Compatible with PANDUIT ® FAST-SNAP ™ Outlet Boxes, Surface Raceway Systems and PAN-POLE ™ Outlet Poles.
Off White
1
10
C2. Surface Raceway
NK4VSRF
C3. Abrasion Protection
PANDUIT ® NETKEY ™ Snap-On Flush Universal Keystone Faceplates
C4. Cable Management
‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), or WH (White). For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference chart below.
D1.Terminals
T70KW2 D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
• Can be used with PAN-WAY ® Cove, TG-70, T70, Twin-70, T-45 Raceway Systems, FAST-SNAP ™ Outlet Boxes and PAN-POLE ™ Aluminum Outlet Poles
• Wider module spacing to accept all common manufacturers’ Keystone modules .900 inches wide or less
Part Number T70KW2IW
Part Description Snap-on two position flush mount faceplate accepts any PANDUIT ® NETKEY ™ module and most other manufacturers’ Keystone modules. Compatible with PANDUIT ® FAST-SNAP ™ Outlet Boxes, Surface Raceway Systems and PAN-POLE ™ Outlet Poles.
T70KW4IW
Snap-on four position flush mount faceplate accepts any PANDUIT ® NETKEY ™ module and most other manufacturers’ Keystone modules. Compatible with PANDUIT ® FAST-SNAP ™ Outlet Boxes, Surface Raceway Systems and PAN-POLE ™ Outlet Poles.
T70KW4
E1. Labeling System
Std. Pkg. Color‡ Qty. Off 1 White
Off 1 White
Std. Ctn. Qty. 10
10
‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), or WH (White). For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference chart below.
E2. Labels
Component Labels for Snap-On “Sloped” Keystone Faceplates and Snap-On “Flush” Universal Keystone Faceplates E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C2.54
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance Faceplate Part Number NK2HSRFIW T70KW2IW NK4VSRFIW NK4HSRFIW T70KW4IW
Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Printer Label
VIPER ™ LS6 Portable Printer Label
PANACEA® LS7 Hand-Held Printer Label
C125X030FJJ
C125X030FJ6
LS7-25-1
2-C125X030FJJ
2-C125X030FJ6
LS7-25-1
C261X030FJJ
C261X030FJ6
LS7-25-1
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference chart on pages E2.1 – E2.30.
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PAN-WAY ® Snap-On Faceplates for SYSTIMAX* Communication Modules B1.Cable Ties
• Can be used with PAN-WAY ® Cove, TG-70, T70, Twin-70, T-45 Raceway Systems, FAST-SNAP ™ Outlet Boxes, and PAN-POLE ™ Aluminum Outlet Poles
Part Number T70L2IW
T70L2
T70L4IW
T70L4
Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Color‡ Qty. Qty. Off 1 10 White
Part Description Snap-On Horizontal Communication Faceplate designed to accept two SYSTIMAX* Communication Modules (not included). Can be used with PANDUIT Surface Raceway Systems and boxes that accept 70mm faceplates. No additional mounting hardware required.
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
Snap-On Horizontal Communication Faceplate designed to accept four SYSTIMAX* Communication Modules (not included). Can be used with PANDUIT Surface Raceway Systems and boxes that accept 70mm faceplates. No additional mounting hardware required.
Off White
1
10
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
T70LV2IW
Snap-On Vertical Communication Faceplate designed to accept two SYSTIMAX* Communication Modules (not included). Can be used with PANDUIT Surface Raceway Systems and boxes that accept 70mm faceplates. No additional mounting hardware required.
Off White
Snap-On Vertical Communication Faceplate designed to accept four SYSTIMAX* Communication Modules (not included). Can be used with PANDUIT Surface Raceway Systems and boxes that accept 70mm faceplates. No additional mounting hardware required.
Off White
1
10 C3. Abrasion Protection
T70LV2 T70LV4IW
1
10
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
T70LV4 ‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray) or WH (White). *SYSTIMAX ® is a registered trademark of Commscope, Inc.
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
Component Labels for SYSTIMAX* Communication Modules
E1. Labeling System
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Printer Label
VIPER ™ LS6 Portable Printer Label
PANACEA® LS7 Hand-Held Printer Label
T70L2IW T70LV2IW
C125X030FJJ
C125X030FJ6
LS7-25-1
T70LV4IW
2-C125X030FJJ
2-C125X030FJ6
LS7-25-1
T70L4IW
C261X030FJJ
C261X030FJ6
LS7-25-1
Faceplate Part Number
*SYSTIMAX ® is a registered trademark of Commscope, Inc. For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages E2.1 – E2.30.
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C2.55
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PAN-WAY ® Snap-On Faceplates for Nordx/CDT* Communication Modules B1.Cable Ties
• Can be used with PAN-WAY ® Cove, TG-70, T70, Twin-70, T-45 Raceway Systems, FAST-SNAP ™ Outlet Boxes, and PAN-POLE ™ Aluminum Outlet Poles
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
Part Number T70N2IW
Part Description Snap-On Horizontal Communication Faceplate designed to accept two Nordx/CDT* Communication Modules (not included). Can be used with PANDUIT Surface Raceway Systems and boxes that accept 70mm faceplates. No additional mounting hardware required.
T70N4IW
Snap-On Horizontal Communication Faceplate designed to accept four Nordx/CDT* Communication Modules (not included). Can be used with PANDUIT Surface Raceway Systems and boxes that accept 70mm faceplates. No additional mounting hardware required.
Off White
1
10
T70NV2IW
Snap-On Vertical Communication Faceplate designed to accept two Nordx/CDT* Communication Modules (not included). Can be used with PANDUIT Surface Raceway Systems and boxes that accept 70mm faceplates. No additional mounting hardware required.
Off White
1
10
T70NV4IW
Snap-On Vertical Communication Faceplate designed to accept four Nordx/CDT* Communication Modules (not included). Can be used with PANDUIT Surface Raceway Systems and boxes that accept 70mm faceplates. No additional mounting hardware required.
Off White
1
10
T70N2
C1.Wiring Duct
Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Color‡ Qty. Qty. Off 1 10 White
T70N4 C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
T70NV2 C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals ‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory). *Nordx/CDT is a registered trademark of Nordx/CDT, Inc.
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
T70NV4
Component Labels for Nordx/CDT* Communication Modules Faceplate Part Number T70N2IW T70NV2IW T70NV4IW T70N4IW
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance _ Laser/Ink Jet Desktop VIPER ™ LS6 Portable PANAC EA® LS7 Hand-Held Printer Label Printer Label Printer Label C125X030FJJ
C125X030FJ6
LS7-25-1
2-C125X030FJJ C261X030FJJ
2-C125X030FJ6 C261X030FJ6
LS7-25-1 LS7-25-1
*Nordx/CDT is a registered trademark of Nordx/CDT, Inc. For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages E2.1 – E2.30.
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C2.56
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PAN-WAY ® Low Voltage Surface Mount Outlet Boxes • JBX3510 assembles without the use of screws for faster installation • JBX3510, JB1, and JB1D are supplied with adhesive backing to speed installation
Part Number JBX3510IW-A
JBX3510
JB1D
JB1
JBP2
Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Color‡ Qty. Qty. Off 1 10 White
Single Gang One-piece Outlet Box with adhesive backing. Box accepts PAN-WAY ® Screw-On Faceplates or any NEMA standard single gang faceplate. For use with PAN-WAY ® LD Profile Raceways. 5.1"L x 3.3"W x 1.8"H (129mm x 85mm x 44mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter conduit.
Off White
1
10
JB1DIW-A
Single Gang One-piece Deep Outlet Box with adhesive backing. Box accepts PAN-WAY ® Screw-On Faceplates or any NEMA standard single gang faceplate. For use with PAN-WAY ® LD Profile Raceways. 5.2"L x 3.5"W x 2.8"H (133mm x 86mm x 70mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter conduit.
Off White
1
10
Double Gang Two-piece Screw Together Outlet Box. Box accepts PAN-WAY ® Screw-On Faceplates or any NEMA standard double gang faceplates. For use with PAN-WAY ® LD Profile Raceways. 5.0" L x 5.0"W x 1.6"L (128mm x 128mm x 41mm). Breakouts for 1/2" or 3/4" diameter conduit.
Off White
Double Gang Two-piece Screw Together Deep Outlet Box. Box accepts PAN-WAY ® Screw-On Faceplates or any NEMA standard double gang faceplate. For use with PAN-WAY ® T-45 or LD Profile Raceways. 5.2"L x 5.2"W x 2.8"H (132mm x 132mm x 70mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter conduit. Single Gang Two-Piece Screw Together Round Outlet Box. Box accepts UL/CSA devices not to exceed 10 lbs. (5 lbs. per CSA). For use with PAN-WAY ® LD Profile Raceways. Dia. = 5.5"D x 1.1"H (139mm x 29mm). Breakouts for 3/4" or 1" diameter conduit.
Off White
RJBX3510
JBP2DIW
JBA-X
Part Description Single Gang Two-piece Snap Together Outlet Box with adhesive backing. Box accepts PAN-WAY ® Screw-On Faceplates or any NEMA standard single gang faceplate. For use with PAN-WAY ® T-45 or LD Profile Raceway. 5.0"L x 3.3"W x 1.6"H (127mm x 83mm x 41mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter conduit.
B1.Cable Ties
JB1IW-A
JBP2IW JBP2D
• JB1 and JB1D are a one-piece design requiring no assembly
JB1FS RJBX3510IW
JBA-X JB1FSIW-A
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
1
10 C4. Cable Management
1
10 D1.Terminals
Off White
1
In-wall box adapter. Adapts single gang surface mount outlet boxes to in-wall conduit boxes.
—
10
Single Gang Two-Piece Snap Together Outlet Box with adhesive backing. Box accepts PAN-WAY ® Snap-On Faceplates. For use with PAN-WAY ® T-45 or LD Profile Raceways. 5.0"L x 3.3"W x 1.6"H (127.1mm x 82.7mm x 41.1mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter conduit.
Off White
5 D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
100 E1. Labeling System
1
10
E2. Labels
‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray) or WH (White)
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C2.57
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PAN-WAY ® Power Rated Surface Mount Outlet Boxes B1.Cable Ties
• JBX3510 assembles without the use of screws for faster installation • JBX3510, JB1 and JB1D are supplied with adhesive backing to speed installation
• JB1 and JB1D are a one-piece design requiring no assembly
B2. Cable Accessories
Part Number JBP1IW B3. Stainless Steel
JBP1
JBP2 JBP2IW
Double Gang Two-Piece Screw Together Outlet Box. Box accepts PAN-WAY ® Screw-On Faceplates or any NEMA standard double gang faceplates. For use with PAN-WAY ® LD Profile Raceways. 5.0" L x 5.0"W x 1.6"L (128mm x 128mm x 41mm). Breakouts for 1/2" or 3/4" diameter conduit.
Off White
1
10
JBP1DIW
Single Gang Two-Piece Screw Together Deep Outlet Box. Box accepts PAN-WAY ® Screw-On Faceplates or any NEMA standard single gang faceplate. For use with PAN-WAY ® T-45, LD2P10 (when used with JBD1), or LD Profile Raceways. 5.2"L x 3.5"W x 2.8"H (132mm x 88mm x 70mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter conduit.
Off White
1
10
JBP2DIW
Double Gang Two-Piece Screw Together Deep Outlet Box. Box accepts PAN-WAY ® Screw-On Faceplates or any NEMA standard double gang faceplate. For use with PAN-WAY ® T-45 or LD Profile Raceways. 5.2"L x 5.2"W x 2.8"H (132mm x 132mm x 70mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter conduit.
Off White
1
10
JBP1EIW
Single Gang Two-Piece Screw Together Extension Outlet Box. Box accepts PAN-WAY ® Screw-On Faceplates or any NEMA standard single gang faceplate. For use with PAN-WAY ® LD Profile Raceways. 5.0"L x 3.3"W x 1.0"H (127mm x 84mm x 25mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter conduit.
Off White
1
10
JBP1IIW
Single Gang Two-Piece Screw Together Intermediate Outlet Box. Box accepts PAN-WAY ® Screw-On Faceplates or any NEMA standard single gang faceplate. For use with PAN-WAY ® LD Profile Raceways. 5.1"L x 3.4"W x 2.3"H (130mm x 86mm x 58mm). Breakouts for 1/2" or 3/4" diameter conduit.
Off White
1
10
PSJBXIW
Single Gang Two-Piece Snap Together Power Source Box. For use with PAN-WAY ® LDP3, 5, 10, or LDS3, or 5 Profile Raceways. 5.0"L x 3.3"W x 1.3"H (128mm x 83mm x 33mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter conduit.
Off White
1
10
JBD1
Single Gang Pass Through Divider. Allows power and communication outlets to be routed in series. For use with JBP1 or JBP1D when installing LD2P10 Raceway.
Off White
1
10
JBP2SIW
Double Gang Two-Piece Screw Together Divided Outlet Box. Box accepts PAN-WAY ® Screw-On Faceplates or any NEMA standard double gang faceplate. For use with PAN-WAY ® T-45 or LD Profile Raceways. 5.1"L x 5.1"W x 1.6"H (128mm x 128mm x 41mm). Breakouts for 1/2", or 3/4" diameter conduit.
Off White
1
10
JBD2
Double Gang Pass Through Divider. Allows power and communication outlets to be routed in series. For use with JBP2D when installing LD2P10 Raceway.
Off White
1
10
JBP2FSIW
Double Gang Two-Piece Snap Together Outlet Box. Box accepts PAN-WAY ® Snap-On Faceplates. For use with PAN-WAY ® T-45 or LD Profile Raceways. 5.0"L x 6.1"W x 1.6"H (127mm x156mm x 41mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter conduit.
Off White
1
10
Off White
1
5
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
JBP1D
JBP2D
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
JBP1E
JBP1I
D1.Terminals
PSJBX
JBD1
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
JBP2S
JBD2
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
JBP2FS
RJBX3510
Part Description Single Gang Two-Piece Screw Together Outlet Box. Box accepts PAN-WAY ® Screw-On Faceplates or any NEMA standard single gang faceplate. For use with PAN-WAY ® LD Profile Raceways. 5.2"L x 3.5"W x 1.8"H (132mm x 88mm x 44mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter conduit.
Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Color‡ Qty. Qty. Off 1 10 White
RJBX3510IW Single Gang Two-Piece Screw Together Round Outlet Box. Box accepts UL/CSA devices not to exceed 10 lbs. (5 lbs. per CSA). For use with PAN-WAY ® LD Profile Raceways. Dia. = 5.5"D x 1.1"H (139mm x 29mm). Breakouts for 3/4" or 1" diameter conduit.
‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray) or WH (White).
F. Index
C2.58
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PAN-WAY ® Classic Series Faceplates for Power and Communication Applications
B1.Cable Ties
• For use with JBP2S or JBP2D outlet boxes
Part Number FP2DCIW
FP2DC
CP106
CPG
FP2RC
CP106**-2G
Part Description Covers one NEMA standard 106 duplex electrical receptacle and accepts PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® 1/2-size, 1/3-size, and 2/3-size inserts. For product application, please reference LD Profile Raceway section.
Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Color‡ Qty. Qty. Off 1 10 White
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
FP2RCIW
Covers one NEMA standard rectangular electrical receptacle and accepts PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® 1/2-size, 1/3-size, and 2/3-size inserts. For product application, please reference LD Profile Raceway section.
Off White
1
10
CP106IW
Screw-On Single Gang 106 Duplex Faceplate. Covers one NEMA standard 106 duplex electrical outlet or one standard 106 communication module frame.
Off White
1
10
CP106IW-2G
Screw-On Double Gang 106 Duplex Faceplate. Covers two NEMA standard 106 duplex electrical outlets or two standard 106 communication module frames.
Off White
1
10
CPGIW
Screw-On Single Gang Rectangular Faceplate. Covers one NEMA standard rectangular electrical outlet or one standard rectangular communication module frame.
Off White
1
10
CPGIW-2G
Screw-On Double Gang Rectangular Faceplate. Covers two NEMA standard rectangular electrical outlets or two standard rectangular communication module frames.
Off White
1
10
CPNIW
Screw-On Single Gang Blank Cover Faceplate. Can be used with PAN-WAY ® Cove, TG-70, T-70, Twin-70, T-45 Raceway Systems, FAST-SNAP ™ Outlet Boxes, and PAN-POLE ™ Aluminum Outlet Pole. Supplied with two mounting screws.
Off White
1
10
CPNIW-2G
Screw-On Double Gang Blank Cover Faceplate. For use with PAN-WAY ® Surface Mount Outlet Boxes. Supplied with four mounting screws.
Off White
1
10
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
CPG**-2G
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
CPN
CPN**-2G
‡For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray) or WH (White). All faceplates supplied with mounting screws
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
Component Labels for Classic Series Power and Communication Faceplates
E1. Labeling System
Faceplate Part Number
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance _ Laser/Ink Jet Desktop VIPER ™ LS6 Portable PANACEA® LS7 Hand-Held Printer Label Printer Label Printer Label
CPGIW T70PGS
C125X030FJJ
C125X030FJ6
LS7-25-1
CPGIW-2G FP2RC T70PG
2-C125X030FJJ C261X030FJJ
2-C125X030FJ6 C261X030FJ6
LS7-25-1 LS7-25-1
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference chart on pages E2.1 – E2.30.
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C2.59
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PAN-WAY ® Stainless Steel Faceplates B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
WPS-20
WPS-202
B3. Stainless Steel
Part Number WPS-20
Part Description Stainless Steel Single Gang 106 Duplex Screw-On Faceplate. Covers one NEMA standard 106 duplex electrical outlet or one standard 106 communication module frame.
WPS-202
Stainless Steel Double Gang 106 Duplex Screw-On Faceplate. Covers two NEMA standard 106 duplex electrical outlets or two standard 106 communication module frames.
Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Qty. Qty. 1 10
1
10
All faceplates supplied with mounting screws.
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
PAN-WAY ® Electrical Outlets • Electrical outlets are standard electrical devices that fit into PAN-WAY ® outlet boxes or any NEMA standard outlet boxes
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
EDU20
ERU20
D1.Terminals
ETU20
Part Description
Std. Pkg. Qty. 10
Part Number EDU20IW-X
20A 106 Duplex Outlet.
Color‡ Off White
ERU20IW-X
20A Rectangular Outlet.
Off White
10
ETU20IW-X
20A TVSS Rectangular Outlet (transient voltage surge suppressor).
Off White
10
EGU20IW-X
20A GFCI Rectangular Outlet (ground fault circuit interrupter).
Off White
10
EGU20 ‡For other colors, replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory). All outlets supplied with mounting screws.
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
PAN-WAY ® Surface Mount Outlet Box with 20A Electrical Outlet E1. Labeling System
• Supplied with a 20A U.S. style rectangular electrical outlet and a 20A 106 Duplex Electrical outlet.
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
JBP1MR20
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
Part Number JBP1MR20IW
Part Description Single Gang Two-Piece Power Rated Low Profile Snap Together Outlet Box. Includes 20A U.S. style rectangular electrical outlet. For use with PAN-WAY ® LDPH3, 5, 10 or LDS3 or 5 Profile Raceways only. 4.8"L x 2.9"W x 1.2"H (123mm x 74mm x 31mm).
JBP1MD20IW
Single Gang Two-Piece Power Rated Low Profile Snap Together Outlet Box. Includes 20A U.S. style 106 duplex electrical outlet. For use with PAN-WAY ® LDPH3, 5, 10 or LDS3 or 5 Profile Raceways only. 4.8"L x 2.9"W x 1.2"H (123mm x 74mm x 31mm).
Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Color‡ Qty. Qty. Off 1 10 White
Off White
1
10
F. Index
JBP1MD20
C2.60
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
Selection Chart for using PAN-WAY ® Surface Raceway with PAN-WAY ® Surface Mount Outlet Boxes B1.Cable Ties
How 1. 2. 3. 4.
to use this chart: Locate the desired PAN-WAY ® Raceway in the left column. Locate the desired PAN-WAY ® Outlet Box in the top row. Match up the raceway with the outlet box to see if they are compatible. (Y = yes, N = no). Select correct surface mount outlet box.
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
PAN-WAY ® Surface Mount Outlet Boxes Low Voltage or Fiber Optic ONLY JB1, JB1D JB1FS JBX3510
Power, Low Voltage or Fiber Optic
RJBX3510
JBP1
JBP1D
JBP1E
C1.Wiring Duct
JBP1I JBP2
JBP2S JBP2D JBP2FS
JBP1MR20 JBP1MD20
PSJBX C2. Surface Raceway
Type LD (Low Voltage or Fiber Optic ONLY) LD3
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
Y
LD5
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
Y
LD10
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
Y
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
Type LDPH (Power, Low Voltage or Fiber Optic) LDPH3
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
LDPH5
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
LDPH10
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
D1.Terminals
Type LDS (Power, Low Voltage or Fiber Optic) LDS3
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
LDS5
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Type LD2P10 (Power, Low Voltage or Fiber Optic) LD2P10
N
N
N
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
Y w/JBD1
N
N
Y
N
N
Y
N
N
Y
N
N
Type T-45 (Power, Low Voltage or Fiber Optic) T-45
Y (JB1FS and JBX3510)
E2. Labels
N
N
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C2.61
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
Notes B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C2.62
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PAN-WAY ® LD PROFILE NON-METALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY PAN-WAY ® LD Profile Raceway is available in single and multi-channel styles to provide a solution for routing copper, fiber optic and power cabling along fixed perimeter walls.
• LD2P10 features one-piece multi-channel design for both power and data applications • LDPH features one-piece single channel design and a tamper resistant latch for power OR data applications • LD features one-piece single channel design for data routing • LDS features one-piece single channel tamper resistant design with maximum security for power OR data applications.
PAN-WAY ® LD Profile Raceways include a full complement of fittings for standard, bend radius control, power rated and multi-channel use, and transition easily to other PANDUIT raceway such as Cove,TG-70,T-70,Twin-70 and T-45.
B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C2.63
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
LD2P10 Profile Raceway Roadmap B1.Cable Ties
R B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
E 1 G
C1.Wiring Duct
H
See exploded view 3 pg. C2.65
K
N
J C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
B A
O See exploded view 2 pg. C2.64
F
C4. Cable Management
E D1.Terminals
C D
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C2.64
E
See exploded view 1 pg. C2.64
L M
P
Q
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
1
A
LD2P10 – Raceway (page C2.75)
K
ICFX10** – Power Rated Inside Corner Fitting (page C2.75)
ECFX10** – Power Rated End Cap Fitting (page C2.75)
B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
L
JBP1** – Power Rated Single Gang Two-Piece Box (page C2.58) B3. Stainless Steel
B
TFXD10** – 1" Bend Radius Tee Fitting (page C2.75)
M
C
JBP2S** – Power Rated Double Gang Three-Piece Divided Box (page C2.58) CFX10** – Power Rated Coupler Fitting (page C2.75)
FP2RC** – Double Gang Rectangular Electrical & 2 Communication Insert Faceplate (page C2.59)
C3. Abrasion Protection
O E
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
N D
CPG** – Single Gang Rectangular Screw-On Faceplate (page C2.59)
JBP1D** – Single Gang Two-Piece Deep Box (page C2.58)
C4. Cable Management
ERU20** – 20 A Rectangular Electrical Outlet (page C2.60) D1.Terminals
P F
G
H
J
OCFX10** – 1" Bend Radius Outside Corner Fitting (page C2.75)
JBP2D** – Power Rated Double Gang Two-Piece Deep Box (page C2.58)
JBD2 – Double Gang Pass Through and Divider for LD2P10 Raceway (page C2.58)
Q
JBD1 – Single Gang Pass Through Divider for LD2P10 Raceway (page C2.58)
RAFX10** – Power Rated Right Angle Fitting (page C2.75)
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
R
EEFX** – Power Rated/1" Bend Radius Entrance End Fitting (page C2.75)
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
CPG**-2G – Double Gang Rectangular Screw-On Faceplate (page C2.59)
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C2.65
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
LD2P10 Configurations B1.Cable Ties
Exploded view 1 Components Required
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
See page —
A.
PANDUIT MINI-COM Modules.
B.
FP2RC = Double Gang Rectangular Electrical and Two Communication Insert Faceplate (screws included).
C2.59
C.
ERU20 = 20A Rectangular Electrical Outlet (screws included).
C2.60
D.
JBP2S = Power Rated Double Gang Three-Piece Divided Box (screws included).
C2.58
®
®
C1.Wiring Duct
D C2. Surface Raceway
A C
C3. Abrasion Protection
B
C4. Cable Management
Exploded view 2 Components Required D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
See page
A.
JBD2 = Double Gang Pass Through Divider for LD2P10 Raceway.
C2.58
B.
JBP2D = Power Rated Double Gang Two-Piece Deep Box.
C2.58
C.
ERU20 = 20A Rectangular Electrical Outlet (screws included).
C2.60
D.
PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® Modules.
E.
CPG2G = Double Gang Rectangular Screw-On Faceplate (screws included).
— C2.59
E2. Labels
A
D E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
B C
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
E F. Index
C2.66
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
LD2P10 Configurations (continued) Exploded view 3
B1.Cable Ties
Components Required
See page —
A
PANDUIT MINI-COM Modules.
B
JBP1D = Power Rated Single Gang Two-Piece Deep Box (screws included).
C2.58
C
JBD1 = Single Gang Pass Through Divider for LD2P10 Raceway.
C2.58
®
®
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
B C2. Surface Raceway
A C
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C2.67
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
LD Profile Raceway Roadmap B1.Cable Ties
O B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
See exploded view 2 pg. C2.71 C1.Wiring Duct
H
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
G
1 B A
J C
F 2
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C2.68
E
See exploded view 1 pg. C2.70
K
L M
N
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
1
LD10 – Raceway (page C2.76)
G
CF10** – Coupler Fitting (page C2.79)
B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
2
LD5 – Raceway (page C2.76)
H
A
ICF10** – Inside Corner Fitting (page C2.79)
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
ECF10** – End Cap Fitting (page C2.79)
JBP2FS** – FAST-SNAP Double Gang Power Rated Surface Mount Outlet Box (page C2.58) ™
J
C2. Surface Raceway
B
TF10** – Tee Fitting (page C2.79)
K
T70FV2** – Snap-On Vertical Sloped Communication Faceplate (page C2.52)
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
C
D
RF10X5** – Reducer Fitting (page C2.79)
JBX3510** – Single Gang Two-Piece Snap-Together Box (page C2.57)
L
JB1FS** – FAST-SNAP™ Single Gang Surface Mount Outlet Box (page C2.52)
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
M
T70FV4** – Snap-On Vertical Sloped Communication Faceplate (page C2.52)
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E
CPG** – Single Gang Rectangular Screw-On Faceplate (page C2.59)
N
RAF10** – Right Angle Fitting (page C2.79) E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
F
OCF10** – Outside Corner Fitting (page C2.79)
O
DCF10** – Drop Ceiling/Entrance End Fitting (page C2.79)
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C2.69
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
LD Configurations B1.Cable Ties
Exploded view 1 Components Required
B2. Cable Accessories
A.
CPG = Single Gang Rectangular Screw-On Faceplate (screws included).
B.
PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® Modules.
C.
JBX3510 = Single Gang Two-Piece Snap Together Box.
See page C2.59 — C2.57
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
A C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C2.70
B
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
LD Configurations (continued) B1.Cable Ties
Exploded view 2 Components Required A.
T70FV2 = Snap-On Vertical Sloped Communication Faceplate – Two Port.
B.
PANDUIT MINI-COM Modules.
C.
JBP2FS = FAST-SNAP ™ Double Gang Power Rated Surface Mount Outlet Box.
®
See page C2.52
®
B2. Cable Accessories
— C2.52 B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
C C3. Abrasion Protection
B
C4. Cable Management
A
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C2.71
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
LDPH Profile Raceway Roadmap B1.Cable Ties
O B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
See exploded view 2 pg. C2.74
K
C1.Wiring Duct
1
H
B
C2. Surface Raceway
A C3. Abrasion Protection
F D C
L
G
E
2
M F
C4. Cable Management
J D1.Terminals
D D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C2.72
E F
See exploded view 1 pg. C2.74
N
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
1
LDPH10 – Raceway (page C2.77)
G
OCFC10** – Power Rated Outside Corner Fitting (page C2.81)
B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
2
LDPH5 – Raceway (page C2.77)
H
A
ECFX10** – Power Rated/1" Bend Radius End Cap Fitting (page C2.81)
CFX10** – Power Rated/1" Bend Radius Coupler Fitting (page C2.81)
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
J
RAEFX** – Power Rated/1" Bend Radius Right Angle Entrance End Fitting (page C2.81) C2. Surface Raceway
B
TFX10** – Power Rated/1" Bend Radius Tee Fitting (page C2.81)
K
ICFX10** – Power Rated Inside Corner Fitting (page C2.81)
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
C
RFX105** – Power Rated/1" Bend Radius Reducer Fitting (page C2.81)
L
JBP2** – Power Rated Double Gang Two-Piece Box (page C2.58)
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
D
JBP1** – Power Rated Single Gang Two-Piece Box (page C2.58)
M
CPG**-2G – Double Gang Rectangular Screw-On Faceplates (page C2.59)
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E
CPG** – Single Gang Rectangular Screw-On Faceplate (page C2.59)
N
RAFX10** – Power Rated Right Angle Fitting (page C2.81) E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
F
ERU20** – 20 A Rectangular Electrical Outlet (page C2.60)
O
DCEFX** – Power Rated/1" Bend Radius Drop Ceiling Entrance End Fitting (page C2.81)
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C2.73
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
LDPH Configurations B1.Cable Ties
Exploded view 1 Components Required
B2. Cable Accessories
See page
A.
CPG = Single Gang Rectangular Screw-On Faceplate (screws included).
C2.59
B.
ERU20 = 20A Rectangular Electrical Outlet (screws included).
C2.60
C.
JBP1 = Power Rated Single Gang Two-Piece Box (screws included).
C2.58
B3. Stainless Steel
C C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
A C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
B
D1.Terminals
Exploded view 2 D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
Components Required
See page
A.
CPG**2G = Double Gang Rectangular Screw-On Faceplate (screws included).
C2.59
B.
ERU20 = 20A Rectangular Electrical Outlet (screws included).
C2.60
C.
JBP2 = Power Rated Double Gang Two-Piece Box (screws included).
C2.58
E2. Labels
A E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C2.74
C B
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PAN-WAY ® Type LD2P10 Multi-Channel Surface Raceway System • UL and CSA rated 600V; meets UL5A and CSA C22.2 No. 62.1-03 standards • Routes power and data together • One-piece hinged design allows cables to be laid in • Tamper resistant
• Factory applied adhesive backing speeds installation • FT-4 Rated for Canada • Terminates using JBP1D, JBP2D, JBP2FS, or JBP2S surface mount outlet box solutions
B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel Left Internal Area = .43 Sq. In. Right Internal Area = .50 Sq. In.
Part Number LD2P10IW8-A
Part Description Two channel tamper resistant one-piece latching surface raceway. Supplied with pre-applied adhesive backed tape. LD2P10IW10-A Available in 8' and 10' lengths.
Raceway Size 1.51" x .86"
Std. Length Ctn. Color‡ (ft) Qty. 8 160 Off White
10
200
LD2P Raceway requires screw mounting if it is being used for power cabling applications. Order number of feet required in multiples of standard length increments. ‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), or WH (White).
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
Multi-Channel Fittings for LD2P10 C4. Cable Management
• Multi-channel fittings for LD2P10 are designed to maintain the TIA/EIA-568-B and 569-B required minimum bend radius for high performance copper and fiber optic cabling systems
CFX10
ICFX10
TFXD10
Std. Pkg. Color‡ Qty. Off 10 White
Part Number CFX10IW-X
Part Description Coupler Fitting for use with LD10, LDPH10, and LD2P10 Raceways.
RAFX10IW-X
Right Angle Fitting for use with LDPH10 and LD2P10 Raceways.
Off White
10
ICFX10IW-X
Inside Corner Fitting for use with LDPH10 and LD2P10 Raceways.
Off White
10
OCFX10IW-X
Outside Corner Fitting for use with LDPH10 and LD2P10 Raceways.
Off White
10
TFXD10IW-X
Tee Fitting with divided insert to maintain separation of power and data cabling. For use with LD2P10 Raceway.
Off White
10
ECFX10IW-X
End Cap Fitting for use with LDPH10 and LD2P10 Raceways.
Off White
10
EEFXIW
Entrance End Fitting for LD2P10 Raceway. Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", and 1" diameter conduit.
Off White
1
RAFX10
OCFX10
ECFX10
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
EEFX
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray) or WH (White).
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C2.75
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PAN-WAY ® LD Surface Raceway System B1.Cable Ties
• For routing data and low voltage cabling • One-piece hinged design allows cables to be laid in • Factory applied adhesive backing speeds installation
• FT-4 Rated for Canada • Terminates using surface mount outlet box solutions or PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® Surface Mount Boxes
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
LD3 Internal Area = .21 Sq. In.
C1.Wiring Duct
Part Number
LD5 Internal Area = .38 Sq. In.
Part Description
LD10 Internal Area = 1.00 Sq. In.
Raceway Size
Std. Length Ctn. Color‡ (ft) Qty.
LD3 – Surface Raceway LD3IW6-A C2. Surface Raceway
LD3
LD3IW8-A
One-piece latching surface raceway. Supplied with pre-applied adhesive backed tape. Available in 6', 8', and 10' lengths.
LD3IW10-A C3. Abrasion Protection
.77" x .46"
Off White
6
120
8
160
10
200
6
120
8
160
10
200
6
120
8
160
10
200
LD5 – Surface Raceway LD5IW6-A LD5
C4. Cable Management
LD5IW8-A
One-piece latching surface raceway. Supplied with pre-applied adhesive backed tape. Available in 6', 8', and 10' lengths.
LD5IW10-A
1.00" x .60"
Off White
LD10 – Surface Raceway D1.Terminals
LD10IW6-A LD10
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
LD10IW8-A
One-piece latching surface raceway. Supplied with pre-applied adhesive backed tape. Available in 6', 8', and 10' lengths.
LD10IW10-A
1.51" x .94"
Off White
‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), or WH (White). Order number of feet required in multiples of standard length increments.
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C2.76
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PAN-WAY ® LDPH Surface Raceway System • UL and CSA rated 600V; meets UL5A and CSA C22.2 No. 62.1-03 standards • Two-piece hinged design allows cables to be laid in • Tamper resistant
• Factory applied adhesive backing speeds installation B1.Cable Ties • FT-4 Rated for Canada • Terminates using surface mount outlet box solutions or PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® Surface Mount Boxes B2. Cable Accessories .86 .55"
.41" .75"
1.52
1.02" LDPH5 Internal Area = .33 Sq. In.
LDPH3 Internal Area = .17 Sq. In.
Part Number
Part Description
B3. Stainless Steel
LDPH10 Internal Area = .89 Sq. In.
Raceway Size
Std. Length Ctn. (ft) Qty. Color‡
C1.Wiring Duct
LDPH3 – Surface Raceway LDPH3IW8-A LDPH3 LDPH3IW10-A
Tamper resistant one-piece latching surface raceway. Supplied with pre-applied adhesive backed tape. Available in 8' and 10' lengths.
8 .77" x .46"
Off White
160
10
200
8
160
10
200
8
160
LDPH5 – Surface Raceway LDPH5IW8-A LDPH5 LDPH5IW10-A
Tamper resistant one-piece latching surface raceway. Supplied with pre-applied adhesive backed tape. Available in 8' and 10' lengths.
1.00" x .60"
Off White
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
LDPH10 – Surface Raceway LDPH10IW8-A LDPH10 LDPH10IW10-A
Tamper resistant two-piece latching surface raceway. Supplied with pre-applied adhesive backed tape. Available in 8' and 10' lengths.
1.52" x .86"
D1.Terminals
Off White
10
200
LDPH Raceway requires screw mounting for power cabling applications. Order number of feet required in multiples of standard length increments. ‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), or WH (White).
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C2.77
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
B1.Cable Ties
PAN-WAY ® LDS Surface Raceway System • UL and CSA rated 600V; meets UL5A and CSA C22.2 No. 62.1-03 standards • Tamper resistant non-hinged design • Factory applied adhesive backing speeds installation • FT-4 Rated for Canada
• Type LDS is the only non-metallic raceway that is bendable in low voltage applications to route around and over obstructions • LDS Raceway requires screw mounting using the LMD mounting straps for power cabling installations • Terminates using surface mount outlet box solutions or PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® Surface Mount Boxes
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel LDS5 Internal Area = .38 Sq. In.
LDS3 Internal Area = .21 Sq. In.
C1.Wiring Duct
Part Number
Part Description
Std. Length Ctn. Raceway Size Color‡ (ft) Qty.
LDS3 – Surface Raceway C2. Surface Raceway
LDS3 C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
LDS3IW10-A Tamper resistant one-piece surface raceway. Supplied with pre-applied adhesive backed tape. Available in 10' lengths.
.77" x .41"
Off White
10
200
1.01" x .55"
Off White
10
200
LDS5 – Surface Raceway LDS5IW10-A Tamper resistant one-piece surface raceway. Supplied with pre-applied adhesive backed tape. Available in 10' lengths. LDS5
D1.Terminals
Mounting Straps LMD3IW-Q
For use with LDS3 Raceway.
Size 3
Off White
—
100
LMD5IW-Q
For use with LDS5 Raceway.
Size 5
Off White
—
100
‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray) or WH (White). Order number of feet required in multiples of standard length increments.
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
LMD3 LMD5
Method for Bending Type LDS Raceway (Low Voltage Applications)
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
1) Slide 18" to 30" section of LDS Raceway into PVC pipe heating blanket. *(Recommended blanket designed for bending 1/2" to 1 1/2" PVC conduit.)
2) Allow section to heat approximately 2-3 minutes. Raceway will be soft and pliable, but should not stretch. (Time will vary with blanket temperature and raceway size.)
3) Remove raceway section from blanket and hold in desired position until the raceway cools. Install mounting straps immediately.
*Heating blanket not offered by PANDUIT .
F. Index
C2.78
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
Standard Fittings for Low Voltage Applications
CF
ICF
TF
CRFC
FBA
Part Number CF3IW-E
Part Description Coupler Fitting for use with LD3 Raceway.
CF5IW-E
Coupler Fitting for use with LD5 Raceway.
Off White
20
CF10IW-X
Coupler Fitting for use with LD10 Raceway.
Off White
10
RAF3IW-E
Right Angle Fitting for use with LD3 Raceway.
Off White
20
RAF5IW-E
Right Angle Fitting for use with LD5 Raceway.
Off White
20
RAF10IW-X
Right Angle Fitting for use with LD10 Raceway.
Off White
10
ICF3IW-E
Inside Corner Fitting for use with LD3 Raceway.
Off White
20
ICF5IW-E
Inside Corner Fitting for use with LD5 Raceway.
Off White
20
RAF
OCF
ECF
ICF10IW-X
Inside Corner Fitting for use with LD10 Raceway.
Off White
10
OCF3IW-E
Outside Corner Fitting for use with LD3 Raceway.
Off White
20
OCF5IW-E
Outside Corner Fitting for use with LD5 Raceway.
Off White
20
OCF10IW-X
Outside Corner Fitting for use with LD10 Raceway.
Off White
10
TF3IW-E
Tee Fitting for use with LD3 Raceway.
Off White
20
TF5IW-E
Tee Fitting for use with LD5 Raceway.
Off White
20
TF10IW-X
Tee Fitting for use with LD10 Raceway.
Off White
10
ECF3IW-E
End Cap Fitting for use with LD3 Raceway.
Off White
—
ECF5IW-E
End Cap Fitting for use with LD5 Raceway.
Off White
—
ECF10IW-X
End Cap Fitting for use with LD10 Raceway.
Off White
—
CRFC5IW-X
Four Way Cross Fitting for use with LD5, LDPH5, and LDS5 Raceways.
Off White
10
DCF3IW-X
Drop Ceiling/Entrance End Fitting for use with LD3 Raceway.
Off White
10
DCF5IW-X
Drop Ceiling/Entrance End Fitting for use with LD5 Raceway.
Off White
10
DCF10IW-X
Drop Ceiling/Entrance End Fitting for use with LD10 Raceway.
Off White
10
FBA5IW-X
Fire Box Adapter for use with LD5/LDPH5 Profile Raceways. NOTE: For low voltage applications only.
Off White
10
FBA10IW-X
Fire Box Adapter for use with LD10/LDPH10 Profile Raceways. NOTE: For low voltage applications only.
Off White
10
RF5X3IW-E
Reducer Fitting for LD Raceway from size 5 to size 3. For use with LD5 and LD3 Raceways.
Off White
20
RF10X3IW-X Reducer Fitting for LD Raceway from size 10 to size 3. For use with LD3 and LD10 Raceways.
Off White
10
RF10X5IW-X Reducer Fitting for LD Raceway from size 10 to size 5. For use with LD5 and LD10 Raceways.
Off White
10
DCF
RF
Std. Pkg. Color‡ Qty. Off 20 White
B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), or WH (White).
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C2.79
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
One Inch Bend Radius Fittings for TIA/EIA Compliance B1.Cable Ties
• One inch bend radius fittings are designed to maintain the TIA/EIA-568-B and 569-B required minimum bend radius for high performance copper and fiber optic cabling systems.
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
CFX
Part Number CFX3IW-X
Part Description Coupler Fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, and LDS3 Raceways.
CFX5IW-X
Coupler Fitting for use with LD5, LDPH5, and LDS5 Raceways.
Off White
10
CFX10IW-X
Coupler Fitting for use with LD10, LDPH10, and LD2P10 Raceways.
Off White
10
RAFC3IW-X
Right Angle Fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3 and LDS3 Raceways.
Off White
10
RAFC5IW-X
Right Angle Fitting for use with LD5, LDPH5 and LDS5 Raceways.
Off White
10
Off White
10
RAFC
C1.Wiring Duct
RAFC10IW-X Right Angle Fitting for use with LD10 and LDPH10 Raceways. ICFC
OCFX
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
TFC
CRFC5
C4. Cable Management
ECFX
DCEFX
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
ICFC3IW-X
Inside Corner Fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, and LDS3 Raceways.
Off White
10
ICFC5IW-X
Inside Corner Fitting for use with LD5, LDPH5, and LDS5 Raceways.
Off White
10
ICFC10IW-X
Inside Corner Fitting for use with LD10 and LDPH10 Raceways.
Off White
10
OCFX3IW-X
Outside Corner Fitting for use with LDPH3 and LDS3 Raceways.
Off White
10
OCFX5IW-X
Outside Corner Fitting for use with LDPH5 and LDS5 Raceways.
Off White
10
Off White
10
OCFX10IW-X Outside Corner Fitting for use with LDPH10 and LD2P10 Raceways.
D1.Terminals
RAEFX
RFX
TFC3IW-X
Tee Fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, and LDS3 Raceways.
Off White
10
TFC5IW-X
Tee Fitting for use with LD5, LDPH5, and LDS5 Raceways.
Off White
10
TFC10IW-X
Tee Fitting for use with LD10 and LDPH10 Raceways.
Off White
10
CRFC5IW-X
Four Way Cross Fitting for use with LD5, LDPH5, and LDS5 Raceways.
Off White
10
ECFX3IW-X
End Cap Fitting for use with LDPH3 and LDS3 Raceways.
Off White
10
ECFX5IW-X
End Cap Fitting for use with LDPH5 and LDS5 Raceways.
Off White
10
Off White
10
ECFX10IW-X End Cap Fitting for use with LDPH10 and LD2P10 Raceways. DCEFXIW-X
Drop Ceiling/Entrance End Fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, LDS3, LD5, LDPH5, LDS5, LD10, and LDPH10 Raceways. Use CA3 or CA5 adapters for LD3 or LD5 Profile Raceways.
Off White
10
RAEFXIW-X
Right Angle/Entrance End Fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, LDS3, LD5, LDPH5, LDS5, LD10, and LDPH10 Raceways. CA3 or CA5 adapters for LD3 or LD5 Profile Raceways.
Off White
10
RFX53IW-X
Reducer Fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, LDS3, LD5, LDPH5, and LDS5 Raceways.
Off White
10
RFX103IW-X Reducer Fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, LDS3, LD10, and LDPH10 Raceways.
Off White
10
RFX105IW-X Reducer Fitting for use with LD5, LDPH5, LDS5, LD10, and LDPH10 Raceways.
Off White
10
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
Std. Pkg. Color‡ Qty. Off 10 White
‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), or WH (White).
F. Index
C2.80
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
Power Rated Fittings for Power to 600V – LDPH/LDS/LD2P Raceway Only
CFX
RAFX
Part Number CFX3IW-X
Part Description Coupler Fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, and LDS3 Raceways.
CFX5IW-X
Coupler Fitting for use with LD5, LDPH5, and LDS5 Raceways.
Off White
10
CFX10IW-X
Coupler Fitting for use with LD10, LDPH10, and LD2P10 Raceways.
Off White
10
RAFX3IW-X
Right Angle Fitting for use with LDPH3 and LDS3 Raceways.
Off White
10
RAFX5IW-X
Right Angle Fitting for use with LDPH5 and LDS5 Raceways.
Off White
10
Off White
10
RAFX10IW-X Right Angle Fitting for use with LDPH10 and LD2P10 Raceways. ICFX
TFX
OCFC
CRFX
ICFX3IW-X
Inside Corner Fitting for use with LDPH3 and LDS3 Raceways.
Off White
10
ICFX5IW-X
Inside Corner Fitting for use with LDPH5 and LDS5 Raceway.
Off White
10
ICFX10IW-X
Inside Corner Fitting for use with LDPH10 and LD2P10 Raceways.
Off White
10
OCFC3IW-X
Outside Corner Fitting for use with LDPH3 and LDS3 Raceways.
Off White
10
OCFC5IW-X
Outside Corner Fitting for use with LDPH5 and LDS5 Raceways.
Off White
10
Off White
10
OCFC10IW-X Outside Corner Fitting for use with LDPH10 Raceway only.
CEFX
DCEFX
ECFX
TFX3IW-X
Tee Fitting for use with LDPH3 and LDS3 Raceways.
Off White
10
TFX5IW-X
Tee Fitting for use with LDPH5 and LDS5 Raceways.
Off White
10
TFX10IW-X
Tee Fitting for use with LDPH10 Raceway only.
Off White
10
CRFX5IW-X
Four Way Cross Fitting for use with LD5, LDPH5, and LDS5 Raceways.
Off White
10
CEFXIW-X
Conduit Entrance End Fitting. This power rated two-piece fitting is designed to accommodate the entrance of 1/2" conduit or align with knockouts on surface mount electrical boxes. For use with LD3/LDPH3 and has breakouts available to work with LD5/LDPH5 and LD10/LDPH10. Cover and base snap together – no hardware is required.
Off White
10
ECFX3IW-X
End Cap Fitting for use with LDPH3 and LDS3 Raceways.
Off White
10
ECFX5IW-X
End Cap Fitting for use with LDPH5 and LDS5 Raceways.
Off White
10
Off White
10
RAEFX
ECFX10IW-X End Cap Fitting for use with LDPH10 and LD2P10 Raceways. RFX
Std. Pkg. Color‡ Qty. Off 10 White
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
DCEFXIW-X
Drop Ceiling/Entrance End Fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, LDS3, LD5, LDPH5, LDS5, LD10, and LDPH10 Raceways. Use CA3 or CA5 adapters for LD3 or LD5 Profile Raceways.
Off White
10
RAEFXIW-X
Right Angle/Entrance End Fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, LDS3, LD5, LDPH5, LDS5, LD10, and LDPH10 Raceways. CA3 or CA5 adapters for LD3 or LD5 Profile Raceways.
Off White
10
Reducer Fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, LDS3, LD5, LDPH5, and LDS5 Raceway.
Off White
10
RFX103IW-X Reducer Fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, LDS3, LD10, and LDPH10 Raceway
Off White
10
RFX105IW-X Reducer Fitting for use with LD5, LDPH5, LDS5, LD10, and LDPH10 Raceways.
Off White
10
RFX53IW-X
B1.Cable Ties
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), or WH (White).
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C2.81
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
Raceway Adapters for LD Raceway B1.Cable Ties
• Fits into universal breakout of DCEFX or RAEFX fittings
• For use with Types LD3, LDPH3, and LDS3 and LD5, LDPH5, and LDS5 Raceways Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Color‡ Qty. Qty. Off 10 50 White
Part Number Part Description Fits into universal breakout of DCEFX or RAEFX fittings. For CA3IW-X use LD3, LDPH3, and LDS3 Raceways.
B2. Cable Accessories
Fits into universal breakout of DCEFX or RAEFX fittings. For use LD5, LDPH5, and LDS5 Raceways.
CA5IW-X B3. Stainless Steel
CA3 CA5
Off White
10
50
‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), or WH (White).
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
Cable Fill Capacities for LD Profile Raceway This information is to be used as a guide in selecting the proper size raceway. The maximum amounts may vary according ito the cable installation methods, straightness of cables, etc.
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
LD3
LD5
LD10
.21 in2 .38 in2 1.00 in2
LDPH3 LDPH5 LDPH10 .17 in2 .33 in2
98 in2
LD2P10 – Left
LDP210 – Right
.43 in2
.50 in2
LDS3
LDS5
.21 in2 .38 in2
D1.Terminals
MAX for Data = 60% cable fill – The maximum cable quantity based on cable interweaving and packing factors.
SPEC = 40% cable fill – The recommended design in cable capacity, leaves room for future moves, adds and changes. D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
MAX for Power cable fill – The maximum of electrical cables based on UL temperature rise test.
Electrical Cables
E1. Labeling System Raceway Type & Configuration
Data Grade Cable
(in²)
FILL
E2. Labels MAX
MAX
FILL MAX
(UL Temp Rise Test)
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C2.82
Data Grade Cable
Audio/Video
14 AWG 12 AWG 10 AWG 24 AWG/UTP CM 24 AWG/UTP CM RG6 THHN/T90 Cat 5e (4pr) Cat 6 (4pr) Fill Area .105 .122 .153 DIA. = .217 DIA. = .250 DIA. = .275 FILL
SPEC
MAX
SPEC
(40%)
(60%)
(40%)
Fiber Optic Cable 2 Strand
DIA. = .175
FILL MAX
SPEC
FILL
MAX
SPEC
(60%) (40%) (60%) (40%)
MAX
(60%)
LD3
.21
—
—
—
2
3
1
2
1
2
4
LD5
.38
—
—
—
4
6
3
4
2
3
6
5 9
LD10
1.00
—
—
—
10
16
8
12
5
8
16
24
LDPH3
.17
9
7
4
1
2
1
2
1
1
2
4
LDPH5
.33
14
12
8
3
5
2
4
2
3
5
8
LDPH10
.89
18
18
16
9
14
7
10
5
8
14
22
LD2P10 – Left Channel
.43
14
11
8
4
6
3
5
2
3
7
11
LD2P10 – Right Channel
.50
—
—
—
5
8
4
6
3
4
8
12
LDS3
.21
9
6
4
2
3
1
2
1
2
3
5
LDS5
.38
10
8
5
4
6
3
4
2
3
6
9
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
Floor Guard • Accessory to route cables over carpet, concrete, or tile to prevent tripping • Flexible vinyl material can be easily cut to specific lengths
FG1** FG3**
• Cables route through underside of product B1.Cable Ties
Part Number FG1EI6-A
Part Description Flexible vinyl material used to route cabling over carpet, tile, and concrete. Product available in 6' and 50' rolls.
Std. Pkg. Color‡ Qty. Electric 1 Ivory
FG1EI50-A
Flexible vinyl material used to route cabling over carpet, tile, and concrete. Product available in 6' and 50' rolls.
Electric Ivory
30
FG3EI50-A
Flexible vinyl material used to route cabling over carpet, tile, and concrete. Product available in 6' and 50' rolls.
Electric Ivory
1
Flexible vinyl material used to route cabling over carpet, tile, and concrete. Product available in 6' and 50' rolls.
Electric Ivory
30
FG3EI6S-A
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
Mounting tape is pre-applied only to FG3 in 6' lengths. ‡For other colors replace EI (Electric Ivory) with BR (Brown), YL (Safety Yellow), or BL (Black).
C3. Abrasion Protection
PAN-WAY ® Surface Raceway Cutting Tool
Part Number Part Description Used to cut all LD Profile Raceway. Leaves a clean burr-free finish SRT on raceway. Can also be used to cut plastic conduit.
Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Qty. Qty. 1 10
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C2.83
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
Foam Tape • Acrylic foam tape – Recommended for high temperature and outdoor applications (180° F) and exposure to UV light
• Rubber foam tape – Excellent quick tack designed for long term shear loads in indoor applications up to 120°
B1.Cable Ties
Part Number
B2. Cable Accessories
P32W2A2 P32W2R1
C2. Surface Raceway
Color
1/32'' Thick White Acrylic Adhesive
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
Part Description
Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Qty. Qty.
P32W2A2-50-7
Foam Tape, 1/32" (thick) x .50" (wide) x 7 yards, acrylic adhesive.
White
1
100
P32W2A2-75-7
Foam Tape, 1/32" (thick) x .75" (wide) x 7 yards, acrylic adhesive.
White
1
60
P32W2A2-100-7
Foam Tape, 1/32" (thick) x 1" (wide) x 7 yards, acrylic adhesive.
White
1
50
P32W2A2-50-72
Foam Tape, 1/32" (thick) x .50" (wide) x 72 yards, acrylic adhesive.
White
1
9
P32W2A2-75-72
Foam Tape, 1/32" (thick) x .75" (wide) x 72 yards, acrylic adhesive.
White
1
7
White
1
5
P32W2A2-100-72 Foam Tape, 1/32" (thick) x 1" (wide) x 72 yards, acrylic adhesive.
1/32'' Thick White Rubber Adhesive C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
P32W2R1-50-7
Foam Tape, 1/32" (thick) x .50" (wide) x 7 yards, rubber adhesive.
White
1
100
P32W2R1-75-7
Foam Tape, 1/32" (thick) x .75" (wide) x 7 yards, rubber adhesive.
White
1
60
P32W2R1-100-7
Foam Tape, 1/32" (thick) x 1" (wide) x 7 yards, rubber adhesive.
White
1
50
P32W2R1-50-72
Foam Tape, 1/32" (thick) x .50" (wide) x 72 yards, rubber adhesive.
White
1
9
P32W2R1-75-72
Foam Tape, 1/32" (thick) x .75" (wide) x 72 yards, rubber adhesive.
White
1
7
P32W2R1-100-72 Foam Tape, 1/32" (thick) x 1" (wide) x 72 yards, rubber adhesive.
White
1
5
P32W2R1-150-72 Foam Tape, 1/32" (thick) x 1.5" (wide) x 72 yards, rubber adhesive.
White
1
4
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C2.84
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PAN-WAY ® TYPE T130 NON-METALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY PAN-WAY ® T130 Multi-Channel Raceway provides a large capacity channel solution for routing low voltage, fiber optic, and/or power cabling along fixed perimeter walls. The T130 Raceway System consists of raceway base, cover, fittings, termination hardware, and accessories.
B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
• Large capacity multi-channel raceway system • Lightweight
C1.Wiring Duct
• Tamper resistant C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
PANDUIT T130 Raceway can mount NEMA standard 70mm screw-on faceplates or available snap-on and pre-punched covers, power and low voltage applications. C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C2.85
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
Type T130 Raceway Roadmap B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
M B3. Stainless Steel
C B
J H
C1.Wiring Duct
K
1
G
D C2. Surface Raceway
1
C A
F
C3. Abrasion Protection
L See exploded view 1 pg. C2.88
E
C4. Cable Management
C
See exploded view 2 pg. C2.88
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C2.86
N
A
O
P
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
1
TB130**, TC130** – T130 Raceway Base and Cover (page C2.89)
G
TT130** – T130 Tee Fitting (page C2.90)
1
TD68 – T130 Divider Wall (page C2.89)
H
TIC130** – T130 Inside Corner Fitting (page C2.90)
A
TEC130** – T130 End Cap Fitting (page C2.90)
J
T130DB-X – Hanging Device Bracket (page C2.92)
K
B
T130DBD-X – “Gangable” Device Bracket (page C2.92)
T130RMC** – Rectangular Electrical Device Snap-On Faceplate (page C2.92)
C1.Wiring Duct
L
TRA130** – T130 Right Angle Fitting (page C2.90)
C2. Surface Raceway
C
ERU20** – 20A Rectangular Electrical Outlet (page C2.60)
M
TEE130** – T130 Entrance End Fitting (page C2.90)
C3. Abrasion Protection
N
TB5583-V – Type T Box (page C2.91)
C4. Cable Management
O
CPG** – Single Gang Rectangular Screw-On Faceplate (page C2.59)
D1.Terminals
P
T130G** – Pre-Cut Cover (page C2.91)
D
E
F
T130RMC2** – Double Rectangular Electrical Device Snap-On Faceplate (page C2.92)
TOCC130** – T130 Outside Corner Fitting Cover (page C2.90)
TOCB130** – T130 Outside Corner Fitting Base (page C2.90)
B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C2.87
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
Type T130 Configurations B1.Cable Ties
Exploded view 1 Components Required
B2. Cable Accessories
See page
A.
T130RMC2 = Double Rectangular Electrical Device Snap-On Faceplate.
C2.88
B.
EUR20 = 20A Rectangular Electrical Outlet.
C2.60
C.
PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® Modules.
D.
— C2.88
T130DBD-X = “Gangable” Device Bracket.
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
D B
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
A
C
C4. Cable Management
Exploded view 2 Components Required
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
A B E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C2.88
C
D
See page
A.
TB5583-V = Type T Box for T130 Raceway.
C2.87
B.
EUR20 = 20A Rectangular Electrical Outlet (screws included).
C2.60
C.
T130G = Pre-Cut Cover for Type T Box and NEMA Faceplates.
C2.87
D.
CPG = Single Gang Rectangular Screw-On Faceplate (screws included).
C2.59
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PAN-WAY ® Type T130 Surface Raceway System • UL and CSA rated 600V; meets UL5A and CSA C22.2 No. 62.1-03 standards
• Large capacity multi-channel system • Tamper resistant cover latch design
B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
Internal Area = 10.96 Sq. In.
Part Number
Part Description
Raceway Size
Color‡
Std. Length Ctn. (ft) Qty.
Type T130 Raceway Base TB130IW8 TB130IW10 TB130 Base and TC130 Cover
T130 raceway base available in 8' and 10' lengths. Supplied with pre-punched mounting holes.
5.10" x 2.70"
Off White
8
32
10
40
8
64
10
80
8
64
10
80
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
Type T130 Raceway Cover TC130IW8
T130 raceway cover available in 8' and 10' lengths. —
TC130IW10
Off White
C3. Abrasion Protection
Type T Raceway Divider Wall TD688 TD6810 TD68
Type T divider wall creates separate channels. Available in 8' and 10' lengths.
—
Gray
‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory) or IG (International Gray). Order number of feet required in multiples of standard carton quantity.
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C2.89
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PAN-WAY ® Type T130 Raceway Fittings B1.Cable Ties
Part Number TCFC130IW-X B2. Cable Accessories
TCFC130 TCFB3070
TRA130
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
TRA130IR
TIC130
C2. Surface Raceway
TOCB130
TOCC130
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
TT130
T130TD
Std. Pkg. Color‡ Qty. Off 10 White
Part Description Cover Coupler Fitting. Used to join sections of T130 Cover together.
TCFB3070IW-X Base Coupler Fitting. Used to join sections of T130 Base together.
Std. Ctn. Qty. 100
Off White
10
—
TRA130IW
Right Angle Fitting. Used to join sections of T130 Raceway at right angles.
Off White
1
10
TRA130IR
T130 Bend Radius Insert. Works with T130 Right Angle and Tee Fittings.
Gray
1
10
TIC130IW
Inside Corner Fitting. Used to join sections of T130 Raceway at inside corners.
Off White
1
10
TOCB130IW
Outside Corner Base Fitting. Used to join sections of T130 Raceway at outside corners.
Off White
1
10
TOCC130IW
Outside Corner Cover Fitting. Used to cover T130 Outside Corner Base.
Off White
1
10
TT130IW
Tee Fitting. Used to join sections of T130 Raceway at tee intersections.
Off White
1
10
T130TD
Divided Tee Insert. To be used with T130 Tee Fitting.
Gray
1
10
TEC130IW
End Cap Fitting. Conduit breakouts of 1/2" and 3/4".
Off White
1
10
TEE130IW
Entrance End Fitting. Conduit breakouts of 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1 1/2" and 2". Fitting accommodates entry from ceiling or wall.
Off White
1
10
‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory) or IG (International Gray).
D1.Terminals
TEC130
TEE130
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C2.90
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
Type T Raceway Accessories
Part Number Part Description TMB130-X Mounting Brackets. T130 Raceway is snapped onto brackets. Can be used as required anywhere along the raceway. TMB130-X
TWR130-X
Wire Retainer. Holds wires in place during installation.
Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Color Qty. Qty. Black 10 —
Gray
10
100
B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
TWR130-X C1.Wiring Duct
PAN-WAY ® Pre-Cut Cover and Type T Outlet Box • For mounting standard NEMA faceplates • Cover length = 7.05" (179mm)
TBSR-Q
TB5583-V
C2. Surface Raceway
• Cutout dimension = 2.42" x 4.06" (61.5mm x 103mm)
Part Number Part Description Outlet Box. Used for mounting single gang NEMA standard TB5583-V electrical devices and faceplates.
Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Color‡ Qty. Qty. Gray 5 60
TBSR-Q
Strain Relief. Required to support cable connections in vertically mounted raceway applications. Snaps onto TB5583-V.
Gray
25
—
T130GIW
Pre-Cut Cover. Accepts standard NEMA electrical faceplates.
Off White
1
10
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory) or IG (International Gray).
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
T130G
E1. Labeling System
PAN-WAY Pre-Cut Covers for Snap-On Modular Furniture Faceplates ®
• Snap-On Faceplate Pre-Cut Covers are for use with Snap-On Modular Furniture Faceplates • Cover couplers (located under Type T Raceway fittings) are required for each faceplate
• Cutout dimensions: 2.67" to 2.75" (60.1mm to 72.4mm) x 1.345" to 1.405" (34.2mm to 35.7mm)
Part Number Part Description T130K1IW Pre-cut Cover. Accepts one Snap-On Modular Furniture Faceplate. T130K2IW T130K1
T130K2
Pre-cut Cover. Accepts two Snap-On Modular Furniture Faceplates.
Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Color‡ Qty. Qty. Off 1 10 White Off White
1
10
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
‡ For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory) or IG (International Gray).
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C2.91
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
T130 Hanging Device Brackets Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Color Qty. Qty. Gray 10 —
B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
T130DB-X
Part Number T130DB-X
Part Description Single Position Device Bracket. Used to mount NEMA standard electrical receptacles and standard communication module frames (including GFCI).
T130DBD-X
Gangable Device Brackets. Can be interlocked to mount NEMA standard electrical receptacles (including GFCI) and standard communication module frames.
Gray
10
—
T130DBV
Single Position Vertical Device Bracket. Used to mount NEMA standard electrical receptacles (including GFCI) and standard communication module frames.
White
1
10
T130DBD-X
B3. Stainless Steel
T130DBD installed in Type T raceway C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
T130DBV C3. Abrasion Protection
T130 Snap-On Faceplates
C4. Cable Management
T130DMC2
Part Number T130DMC2IW
Part Description Covers 2 NEMA standard 106 duplex electrical devices or standard communication module fames. Replaces faceplate and pre-cut raceway cover. For use with T130DBD-X and TD688 or T6810 divider wall.
T130DMCIW
Covers NEMA standard 106 duplex electrical devices or standard communication module frames. Replaces faceplate and pre-cut raceway cover.
Off White
1
10
T130LMCIW
Covers NEMA standard twist lock electrical devices or standard communication module frames. Replaces faceplate and pre-cut raceway cover.
Off White
1
10
T130RMC2IW
Covers 2 NEMA standard rectangular electrical devices or standard communication module frames. Replaces faceplate and pre-cut raceway cover. For use with T130DBD-X and TD688 or T6810 divider wall.
Off White
1
10
T130RMCIW
Covers NEMA standard rectangular electrical devices or standard communication module frames. Replaces faceplate and pre-cut raceway cover.
Off White
1
10
T130TDMCIW
Covers NEMA standard duplex electrical devices or standard communication module frames and provides proper sized opening to accept snap-on modular furniture faceplates.
Off White
1
10
T130TMCIW
Provides proper sized opening to accept snap-on modular furniture faceplates.
Off White
1
10
T130TRMCIW
Covers NEMA standard rectangular electrical devices or standard communication module frames and provides proper sized opening to accept snap-on modular furniture faceplates.
Off White
1
10
T130DMC
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
T130LMC
T130RMC2
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
T130RMC
T130TDMC
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
T130TMC
Std. Std. Pkg. Pkg. Color‡ Qty. Qty. Off 1 10 White
T130TRMC
F. Index ‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory) or IG (International Gray)
C2.92
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
Quick Wire Fill Capacities for Type T130 Raceway This information is to be used as a guide in selecting the proper size raceway. The maximum amounts may vary according to ithe wire installation methods, straightness of wires, etc.
B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
A = 2.56 in2
A = 10.96 in2 Wirefill #1: T130 Raceway with no devices.
A = 2.56 in2 C1.Wiring Duct
Wirefill #2: T130 Raceway – Power and data using T Box and U.S. Standard “Screw-On” Electrical/Communication Faceplates.
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
A = 10.34 in2
4A = 3.72 in
Wirefill #3: T130 Raceway – Data only using Modular Furniture Faceplates.
4B = 3.52 in
2
C4. Cable Management
2
Wirefill #4: T130 Raceway – Power and data using T130RMC2 Faceplate. D1.Terminals
MAX for Data = 60% wire fill – The maximum cable quantity based on cable interweaving and packing factors.
SPEC = 40% wire fill – The recommended design in cable capacity, leaves room for future moves, adds and changes.
MAX for Power wire fill – The maximum of electrical cables based on UL temperature rise test. CR-SR-T-WireFill1
Raceway Type & Configuration
1. 2A. 2B. 3. 4A. 4B.
Electrical Cables Data Grade Cable Data Grade Cable Coax Cable Fiber Optic Cable 14 AWG 12 AWG 10 AWG 24 AWG/UTP CM 24 AWG/UTP CM RG6 2 Strand THHN/T90 Cat 5e (4pr) Cat 6 (4pr) Fill .105 .122 .153 DIA. = .217 DIA. = .250 DIA. = .275 DIA. = .175 Area (in²) FILL FILL FILL FILL FILL MAX MAX MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX (UL Temp Rise Test) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%)
T130: No devices.
10.96
31
28
26
119
178
89
133
58
87
182
274
T130: Power and data using T-Box and U.S. Standard Faceplate.
2.56
17
15
14
28
42
20
31
14
20
43
64
2.56
—
—
—
28
42
20
31
14
20
43
64
10.34
—
—
—
108
162
84
126
55
82
166
249
3.72
20
16
17
40
60
30
45
20
30
66
99
3.52
—
—
—
38
57
28
43
19
28
80
120
T130: Data only using Modular Furniture Faceplate. T130: Power and data using T130TRMC2 Faceplate.
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C2.93
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
Notes B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C2.94
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PAN-POLE ™ POWER AND COMMUNICATION POLES
PAN-POLE ™ Power and Communication Poles provide industry-leading solutions for cable routing in the open office environment. Available with pre-terminated electrical outlets with divided channel for power and communication applications or as an open channel communication pole.
B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
• Tamper resistant cover • Bend radius control fitting (above ceiling) as required by TIA/EIA-568-B and 569-B • Complete with ceiling and floor mounting hardware
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
PAN-POLE ™ Power and Communication Poles accept NEMA standard 70mm screw-on faceplates or superior PAN-WAY ® Snap-On Faceplates.
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C2.95
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PAN-POLE ™ Power Pole B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
• Dual channel aluminum pole is equipped with pre-terminated electrical outlets and provides channel separation for the installation of communication cabling and modules. • UL and CSA rated 600V
• Available in 11' or 13' lengths and supplied with a non-metallic cover • Electrical outlets are pre-wired
Pre-installed components include: 1. Blank non-metallic cover 2. Two 20A factory wired rectangular outlets with wiring fed through power channel to base of power entry box 3. Power entry with 1/2" and 3/4" conduit breakouts 4. Removable plate for power wiring connections 5. Ground screw pre-mounted behind removable plate
Supplied mounting hardware includes: 1. Entry end bend radius fitting 2. Ceiling T-bar bracket 3. Ceiling tile trim plate 4. End cap 5. End cap floor grip pad
C1.Wiring Duct
Std. Pkg. Part Number Part Description Color‡ Qty. Off 1 PCPA11R20IW PAN-POLE ™ Power Pole Assembly is supplied in 11' length for maximum ceiling height of 10'. Dual channel design allows for the White installation of communication outlets.
C2. Surface Raceway
PCPA13R20IW PAN-POLE ™ Power Pole Assembly is supplied in 13' length for maximum ceiling heights of 12'. Dual channel design allows for the installation of communication outlets.
C3. Abrasion Protection
Off White
1
Communication Components sold separately. ‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory).
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C2.96
PCPA11R20 PCPA13R20 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
Installation of Communication Outlets on PAN-POLE ™ Power Pole Utilizing Standard Screw-On Faceplates
B1.Cable Ties
Components Required
See page
A.
CPG** = Single Gang Rectangular Screw-On Faceplate (screws included).
C2.59
B.
PANDUIT MINI-COM Modules.
C.
T70SDB-X = Standard Faceplate Bracket.
C2.102
D.
PCPA**R20 Power Pole.
C2.96
®
—
®
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
B
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
C
E1. Labeling System
A
E2. Labels
D
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C2.97
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
Installation of Communication Outlets on PAN-POLE ™ Power Pole B1.Cable Ties
Utilizing PANDUIT Snap-On Faceplates Components Required
B2. Cable Accessories
A.
T70FV2** = Single Gang Vertical Sloped Communication Snap-On Faceplate.
B.
PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® Modules.
C.
PCPA**R20 Power Pole.
See page C2.52 — C2.96
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
B E1. Labeling System
A E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C2.98
C
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PAN-POLE ™ Communication Pole • Single channel aluminum pole for routing low voltage communication cabling only • Poles are available in 11' or 13' lengths and are supplied with a non-metallic cover
B1.Cable Ties
Supplied mounting hardware includes: 1. Entry end bend radius fitting 2. Ceiling T-bar bracket 3. Ceiling tile trim plate 4. End cap 5. End cap floor grip pad
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
Std. Pkg. Part Number Part Description Color‡ Qty. Off 1 PCPA11IW PAN-POLE ™ Communication Pole Assembly is supplied in 11' length for maximum ceiling height of 10'. White PCPA13IW
PAN-POLE ™ Communication Pole Assembly is supplied in 13' length for Off maximum ceiling height of 12'. White
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
1
Communication Components sold separately. ‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory).
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
PCPA11 PCPA13
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C2.99
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
Installation of Communication Outlets on PAN-POLE ™ Communication Pole B1.Cable Ties
Utilizing Standard Screw-On Faceplates Components Required B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
See page
A.
CPG** = Single Gang Rectangular Screw-On Faceplate (screws included).
B.
PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® Modules.
C.
T70SDB-X = Standard Faceplate Bracket.
C2.102
D.
PCPA** = Communication Pole.
C2.99
C2.59 —
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
B
C
E1. Labeling System
A E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C2.100
D
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
Installation of Communication Outlets on PAN-POLE ™ Communication Pole B1.Cable Ties
Utilizing PANDUIT Snap-On Faceplates Components Required
See page
A.
T70FV2** = Single Gang Vertical Sloped Communication Snap-On Faceplate.
B.
PANDUIT ® MINI-COM ® Modules.
—
C.
PCPA** = Communication Pole.
C2.99
B2. Cable Accessories
C2.52
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
B D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
A
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
C
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C2.101
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PAN-POLE ™ Extension Kits B1.Cable Ties
Part Number PCPAK22IW
Part Description PAN-POLE ™ Extension Kit. To extend the 11' pole to 22'. Extension kit includes: Fully assembled 11’ pole with brace/coupler, additional wiring and screws. NOTE: Customer needs to purchase a separate standard 11' pole to make the required length.
PCPAK16IW
PAN-POLE ™ extension kit. To extend the 13' pole to 16'. Extension kit includes: Fully assembled 3’ pole with brace/coupler, additional wiring and screws. NOTE: Customer needs to purchase a separate standard 13' pole to make the required length.
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
PCPAK22 PCPAK16
Std. Pkg. Color‡ Qty. Off 1 White
Off White
1
All product color is (IW) Off White.
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
PAN-POLE ™ Power Addition Kits & Standard Faceplate Bracket • Power addition kits (UL listed for field installation) provide for the addition of power outlets • Allow for the installation of up to three additional duplex outlets (Five outlets max.)
Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Part Number Part Description Color‡ Qty. Qty. Off 1 10 PCPAKR20IW Power addition kit includes 20A rectangular outlet with two mounting screws, outlet mounting bracket with one mounting White screw and snap-on faceplate.
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
• Outlets may be added to the existing factory wired circuit or one additional circuit may be added
PCPAKR20
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
PCPAKR
PCPAKRIW
Power addition kit includes outlet mounting bracket with one mounting screw and snap-on faceplate. Rectangular power outlet purchased separately.
Off White
1
10
T70SDB-X
Standard Faceplate Bracket. Used to mount NEMA standard 70mm single gang screw-on faceplates.
Gray
10
—
‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory). When purchasing Power Addition Kit with 20A Outlet, use with PAN-POLE ™ Power Pole, PCPA11R20IW and PCPA13R20IW. When purchasing Power Addition Kit without Outlet, rectangular power outlet needs to be purchased separately. Use with PAN-POLE ™ Power Pole, PCPA11R20EI and PCPA13R20EI.
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
T70SDB-X
F. Index
C2.102
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PAN-POLE ™ Replacement Parts
Part Number Part Description PCPKITIW Replacement includes: Bend radius control ramp, two thumb screws, one 2-piece ceiling trim plate, and one end cap with floor grip pad. Also available in EI (Electric Ivory) PCPTP
PCPKIT
Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Color Qty. Qty. Off 1 5 White
B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
PCPTPIW
Replacement ceiling trim plate.
Off White
1
—
PCPECIW
Replacement end cap with floor grip pad. Also available in EI (Electric Ivory).
Off White
1
—
PCPBRC
Replacement bend radius control ramp with T-bar bracket for attaching pole to T-bar. Includes mounting screws.
Gray
1
—
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
PCPEC
C2. Surface Raceway
PCPBRC C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C2.103
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
Cable Fill Capacities for PAN-POLE ™ Power and Communication Poles B1.Cable Ties
This information is to be used as a guide in selecting the proper size raceway. The maximum amounts may vary according to the cable installation methods, straightness of cables, etc.
B2. Cable Accessories 2A
2A
2B
2B
B3. Stainless Steel
A = .47 in2 C1.Wiring Duct
A = 2.75 in2
A = .43 in2
A = 2.15 in2
Cable fill #1: Power Pole with Data Terminals using Vertical Sloped Snap-on Communication Faceplate.
Cable fill #2: Power Pole with Data Terminals using Sloped Screw-on Communication Faceplate.
3
4
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
A = 3.47 in2 C4. Cable Management
A = 2.83 in2
Cable fill #3: Communication Pole using Vertical Sloped Snap-on Communication Faceplate.
Cable fill #4: Communication Pole using Sloped Screw-On Communication Faceplate.
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
SPEC = 40% cable fill – The recommended design in cable capacity, leaves room for future moves, adds and changes.
MAX for Power cable fill – The maximum of electrical cables based on UL temperature rise test. CR-SR-PanPole-WireFill1
Electrical Cables
E1. Labeling System Fill Area (in²)
E2. Labels 1A. 1B. 2A. 2B. 3.
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C2.104
Data Grade Cable Data Grade Cable Audio/Video Fiber Optic Cable 24 AWG/UTP CM RG6 2 Strand Cat 5e (4pr) Cat 6 (4pr) DIA. = .217 DIA. = .250 DIA. = .275 DIA. = .175 FILL FILL FILL FILL SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%)
14 AWG 12 AWG 10 AWG 24 AWG/UTP CM
Raceway Type & Configuration
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
MAX for Data = 60% cable fill – The maximum cable quantity based on cable interweaving and packing factors.
4.
Power Pole: Power Channel. Power Pole: Data Channel using Sloped Snap-On Faceplate. Power Pole: Power Channel. Power Pole: Data Channel using Sloped Screw-On Faceplate. Communication Pole using Sloped Snap-On Faceplate. Communication Pole using Sloped Screw-On Faceplate.
THHN/T90 .122 .153 FILL MAX MAX MAX (UL Temp Rise Test) .105
.47
—
11
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2.75 .43
— —
— 11
— —
30 —
45 —
22 —
33 —
15 —
22 —
46 —
69 —
2.15
—
—
—
23
35
17
26
11
17
36
54
3.47
—
—
—
38
57
28
42
18
28
58
87
2.83
—
—
—
31
46
23
34
15
22
48
72
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
ABRASION PROTECTION PANDUIT abrasion protection products provide an economical and easy way to insulate, protect, bundle and color-code components and cable.To help assure optimum quality,PANDUIT abrasion protection products are designed and manufactured to meet applicable quality standards including International, UL, Military, ISO and Aerospace.
B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
• Variety of solutions to bundle and protect wire and cable • Wide variety of sizes and materials • Used in a broad range of applications such as underground, control panels, harness fabrication and coin operated machines
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
PANDUIT abrasion protection products provide quality at the lowest installed cost. With a continued focus on new product development, PANDUIT continues to meet customer needs. PAN-WRAP ™ Split Harness Wrap features a patented slot pattern to improve flexibility and abrasion protection. Spiral wrap and heat shrink are offered in the largest variety of colors, materials and sizes to meet a variety of needs. Grommet edging protects wire and cable from damage caused by sharp edges.
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C3.1
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
PAN-WRAP ™ Split Harness Wrap B1.Cable Ties
• Patented slot pattern provides improved flexibility and abrasion protection in any application • Unique wall design provides for easy cable breakouts • Innovative design maintains uniform bundle protection in dynamic applications
• Large overlap accommodates a wide range of bundle diameters • Packaged on a reel for easy handling and dispensing of product • -40°F to 122°F (-40°C to 50°C) temperature range
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
Color Black
PW50F-T
Polyethylene
Natural
200 61.1
.55
14.0
.43
10.9
.50
12.7
1
Flame Retardant Natural Polyethylene Flame Retardant Black Polyethylene Polyethylene Natural
200 61.1
.55
14.0
.43
10.9
.50
12.7
1
200 61.1
.55
14.0
.43
10.9
.50
12.7
1
100 30.5
.81
20.6
.55
14.0
.75
19.1
1
100 30.5
.81
20.6
.55
14.0
.75
19.1
1
100 30.5
.81
20.6
.55
14.0
.75
19.1
1
100 30.5
.81
20.6
.55
14.0
.75
19.1
1
100 30.5
1.13
28.7
.81
20.6
1.00 25.4
1
100 30.5
1.13
28.7
.81
20.6
1.00 25.4
1
100 30.5
1.13
28.7
.81
20.6
1.00 25.4
1
100 30.5
1.13
28.7
.81
20.6
1.00 25.4
1
50
1.63
41.4
1.13
28.7
1.50 38.1
1
PW50FR-T20
Polyethylene
PW75F-C20 PW75FR-C
C3. Abrasion Protection
PW75FR-C20 PW100F-C
PW100FR-C PW100FR-C20
D1.Terminals
PW150F-L
Polyethylene
PW150FR-L PW150FR-L20
Black
Flame Retardant Natural Polyethylene Flame Retardant Black Polyethylene Polyethylene Natural Polyethylene
PW150F-L20
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
Black
Flame Retardant Natural Polyethylene Flame Retardant Black Polyethylene Polyethylene Natural
PW100F-C20 C4. Cable Management
Nominal Std. I.D. Pkg. In. mm Qty. .50 12.7 1
Material Polyethylene
PW75F-C C2. Surface Raceway
Min. Bundle Diameter In. mm .43 10.9
Part Number PW50F-T20
PW50FR-T C1.Wiring Duct
Length Max. Bundle Per Reel Diameter‡ ft M In. mm 200 61.1 .55 14.0
Black
Flame Retardant Natural Polyethylene Flame Retardant Black Polyethylene
15.2
50
1.63
41.4
1.13
28.7
1.50 38.1
1
50
15.2 15.2
1.63
41.4
1.13
28.7
1.50 38.1
1
50
15.2
1.63
41.4
1.13
28.7
1.50 38.1
1
‡Diameter can be further reduced with the use of cable ties.
E1. Labeling System
PAN-WRAP ™ Installation Tools E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
• Patented installation tool with 180° opening allows easy loading of maximum bundle diameters to speed installation, providing the lowest installed cost
PWT100
Color White White White
For Use With PW50F*–*** PW75F*–*** PW100F*–***
Std. Pkg. Qty. 1 1 1
PWT150
White
PW150F*–***
1
Part Number PWT50 PWT75
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
Std. Ctn. Qty. 10 10 10 10
F. Index
C3.2
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
Part Number System for Spiral Wrap T
25
F
Type
Outside Diameter
T = Spiral Wrap
12 = 1/8"
–
C
16
Material
Package Size
Color Suffix See Table Below
F = Polyethylene
X = 10'
25 = 1/4"
R = Fire Resistant Polyethylene
Q = 25'
38 = 3/8"
FR =Flame Retardant Polyethylene
L = 50'
50 = 1/2"
N = Nylon
C = 100'
62 = 5/8"
T = TEFLON‡
T = 200'
75 = 3/4"
TL = 250'
100 = 1"
D = 500'
B1.Cable Ties
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
M = 1000'
C2. Surface Raceway
MATERIAL AVAILABILITY Color
Color Suffix
Natural*
No Suffix will be listed
✓
Weather Resistant Black
0
✓
Brown
1
✓
Red
2
✓
Orange
3
✓
Yellow
4
✓
Green
5
✓
Blue
6
✓
Purple
7
✓
Gray
8
✓
White
10
✓
Pink
16
✓
Black
20
✓
Polyethylene
Fire Resistant Polyethylene ✓
*
Flame Retardant Polyethylene ✓
B2. Cable Accessories
Nylon 6.6
*
TEFLON‡ C3. Abrasion Protection
✓
✓
✓
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
✓
✓
E2. Labels
Blank = Not applicable ‡TEFLON or equivalent fluoropolymer PTFE material is used. TEFLON is a registered trademark of E. I. DuPont de Nemours Co. *Natural can range from transparent, opaque, to white
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C3.3
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
Spiral Wrap B1.Cable Ties
• Multiple colors allow easy identification of cable bundles • Installation tool supplied in each package
• Harness multiple cables into a single manageable bundle • Allows breakouts of single/multiple cables • Provides protection for cables
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
Part Number C2. Surface Raceway
Material
Color
T12F-C T19F-C
Natural
T25F-X T25F-C C3. Abrasion Protection
T25F-C1 T25F-C10 T25F-C16 T25F-C2
C4. Cable Management
T25F-C3 T25F-C4 T25F-C5 T25F-C6
D1.Terminals
T25F-C7 T25F-C8 T38F-C T50F-X
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
T50F-C T50F-C1 T50F-C10 T50F-C16
E1. Labeling System
T50F-C2 T50F-C3 T50F-C4 T50F-C5
E2. Labels
T50F-C6 T50F-C7 T50F-C8
Polyethylene
T75F-C T100F-C
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C3.4
Bundle Diameter Range In. mm 1/16 to 1/2 1.6 to 12.7 1/8 to 1 3.2 to 25.4 3/16 to 2 4.8 to 50.4 3/16 to 2 4.8 to 50.4
Outside Diameter In. mm .12 3.3 .19 4.8 .25 6.4 .25 6.4
Brown White Pink Red Orange Yellow Green Blue Purple Gray Natural Natural Natural Brown White
100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 10 100 100 100
30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 3.05 30.5 30.5 30.5
3/16 to 2 3/16 to 2 3/16 to 2 3/16 to 2 3/16 to 2 3/16 to 2 3/16 to 2 3/16 to 2 3/16 to 2 3/16 to 2 5/16 to 3 3/8 to 4 3/8 to 4 3/8 to 4 3/8 to 4
4.8 to 50.4 4.8 to 50.4 4.8 to 50.4 4.8 to 50.4 4.8 to 50.4 4.8 to 50.4 4.8 to 50.4 4.8 to 50.4 4.8 to 50.4 4.8 to 50.4 7.9 to 76.2 9.5 to 101.6 9.5 to 101.6 9.5 to 101.6 9.5 to 101.6
.25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .38 .50 .50 .50 .50
6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 9.5 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7
Pink Red Orange Yellow Green Blue Purple Gray
100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5
3/8 to 4 3/8 to 4 3/8 to 4 3/8 to 4 3/8 to 4 3/8 to 4 3/8 to 4 3/8 to 4 1/2 to 4 1/2
9.5 to 101.6 9.5 to 101.6 9.5 to 101.6 9.5 to 101.6 9.5 to 101.6 9.5 to 101.6 9.5 to 101.6 9.5 to 101.6 12.7 to 114.3
.50 .50 .50 .50 .50 .50 .50 .50 .62
100
30.5
5/8 to 5
15.9 to 127.0
100
30.5
7/8 to 6
22.2 to 152.4
T62F-C E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
Length Per Reel ft M 100 30.5 100 30.5 10 3.05 100 30.5
Natural
Reel packaging may contain splices. Contact Customer Service for further information.
Temperature Range
Wall Thickness In mm .03 .76 .03 .89 .04 1.02 .04 1.02
Std. Pkg. Qty. 1 1 1 1
.04 .04 .04 .04 .04 .04 .04 .04 .04 .04 .05 .06 .06 .06 .06
1.02 1.02 1.02 1.02 1.02 1.02 1.02 1.02 1.02 1.02 1.40 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 15.9
.06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06
1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.57
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
.75
19.1
.06
1.65
1
1.00
25.4
.07
1.78
1
-40°F to 122°F (-40°C to 50°C)
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
Spiral Wrap (continued)
Part Number
Material
Color
T12F-C0 T19F-C0 T25F-X0 T25F-C0
Length Per Reel ft M 100 30.5 100 30.5 10 3.05 100 30.5
Bundle Diameter Range In. mm 1/16 to 1/2 1.6 to 12.7 1/8 to 1 3.2 to 25.4 3/16 to 2 4.8 to 50.4
100 10 100 100
30.5 3.05 30.5 30.5
5/16 to 3 3/8 to 4
7.9 to 76.2 9.5 to 101.6
1/2 to 4 1/2
12.7 to 114.3
T75F-C0
100
30.5
5/8 to 5
T100F-C0
100
30.5
T12R-C
100 100 100
Outside Diameter In. mm .12 3.3 .19 4.8 .25 6.4 .25 6.4
Temperature Range
Wall Thickness In mm .03 .76 .03 .89 .04 1.02 .04 1.02
Std. Pkg. Qty. 1 1 1 1
B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
.38 .50 .50 .62
9.5 12.7 12.7 15.9
.05 .06 .06 .06
1.40 1.50 1.50 1.57
1 1 1 1
15.9 to 127.0
.75
19.1
.06
1.65
1
7/8 to 6
22.2 to 152.4
1.00
25.4
.07
1.78
1
30.5 30.5 30.5
1/16 to 1/2 1/8 to 1 3/16 to 2
1.6 to 12.7 3.2 to 25.4 4.8 to 50.4
.12 .19 .25
3.3 4.8 6.4
.03 .03 .04
.76 .89 1.02
1 1 1
C2. Surface Raceway
100 100 100 100
30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5
5/16 to 3 3/8 to 4 1/2 to 4 1/2
7.9 to 76.2 9.5 to 101.6 12.7 to 114.3
.25 .38 .50 .62
6.4 9.5 12.7 15.9
.04 .05 .06 .06
1.02 1.40 1.50 1.57
1 1 1 1
C3. Abrasion Protection
100
30.5
5/8 to 5
15.9 to 127.0
.75
19.1
.07
1.65
1
T100R-C
100
30.5
7/8 to 6
22.2 to 152.4
1.00
25.4
.07
1.78
1
T12FR-C
100
30.5
1/16 to 1/2
1.6 to 12.7
.12
3.3
.03
.76
1
100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5
1/16 to 1/2 1/8 to 1 1/8 to 1 3/16 to 2
1.6 3.2 3.2 4.8
.12 .19 .19 .25 .25 .38 .38 .50 .50 .62 .62 .75 .75 1.00 1.00
3.3 4.8 4.8 6.4 6.4 9.5 9.5 12.7 12.7 15.9 15.9 19.1 19.1 25.4 25.4
.03 .03 .03 .04 .04 .05 .05 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .07 .07
.76 .89 .89 1.02 1.02 1.40 1.40 1.50 1.50 1.57 1.57 1.65 1.65 1.78 1.78
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
T38F-C0 T50F-X0 T50F-C0 T62F-C0
Weather Resistant Polyethylene
T19R-C
Black
Natural
T25R-C T25R-C20 T38R-C T50R-C T62R-C
Black Fire Resistant Polyethylene
T75R-C
Natural
-40°F to 122°F (-40°C to 50°C)
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals T12FR-C20 T19FR-C T19FR-C20 T25FR-C T25FR-C20 T38FR-C T38FR-C20 T50FR-C T50FR-C20 T62FR-C T62FR-C20 T75FR-C T75FR-C20 T100FR-C T100FR-C20
Flame Retardant Polyethylene*
Black Natural Black Natural Black Natural Black Natural Black Natural Black Natural Black Natural Black
to to to to
12.7 25.4 25.4 50.4
5/16 to 3
7.9 to 76.2
3/8 to 4
9.5 to 101.6
1/2 to 4 1/2
12.7 to 114.3
5/8 to 5
15.9 to 127.0
7/8 to 6
22.2 to 152.4
-40°F to 140°F (-40°C to 60°C)
*Flame retardant products are manufactured from a material that is rated UL94V-0. Reel packaging may contain splices. Contact Customer Service for further information.
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C3.5
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
Spiral Wrap (continued) B1.Cable Ties
Part Number
Material
Color
Nylon 6.6
Natural
T12N-C B2. Cable Accessories
T19N-C T25N-C T38N-C T50N-C
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
T62N-C
C4. Cable Management
30.5
5/8 to 5
15.9 to 127.0
.75
19.1
T100N-C
100
30.5
7/8 to 6
22.2 to 152.4
1.00
25.4
T12N-C0
100 100 100 100 100
30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5
1/16 to 1/2 3/16 to 2 5/16 to 3 3/8 to 4 1/2 to 4 1/2
1.6 to 12.7 4.8 to 50.4 7.9 to 76.2 9.5 to 101.6 12.7 to 114.3
.12 .25 .38 .50 .62
3.3 6.4 6.4 12.7 15.9
T75N-C0
100
30.5
5/8 to 5
15.9 to 127.0
.75
T100N-C0
100
30.5
7/8 to 6
22.2 to 152.4
T12T-C
100 100 50 25 25
30.5 30.5 15.24 7.62 7.62
1/16 to 1/2 1/8 to 1 3/16 to 2 3/8 to 4 1/2 to 4 1/2
T75T-X
10
3.05
T100T-X
10
3.05
T38N-C0 T50N-C0
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Black
T19T-C T25T-L T50T-Q T62T-Q
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
Outside Diameter In. mm .12 3.3 .12 4.8 .25 6.4 .38 9.7 .50 12.7 .62 15.9
100
T62N-C0
C3. Abrasion Protection
Bundle Diameter Range In. mm 1/16 to 1/2 1.6 to 12.7 1/8 to 1 3.2 to 25.4 3/16 to 2 4.8 to 50.4 5/16 to 3 7.9 to 76.2 3/8 to 4 3/8 to 4 1/2 to 4 1/2 12.7 to 114.3
T75N-C
T25N-C0 C2. Surface Raceway
Length Per Reel ft M 100 30.5 100 30.5 100 30.5 100 30.5 100 30.5 100 30.5
TEFLON‡
Natural
Temperature Range
Wall Thickness In mm .03 .76 .03 .80 .40 1.02 .55 1.40 .06 1.50 .62 1.57
Std. Pkg. Qty. 1 1 1 1 1 1
.06
1.65
1
.07
1.78
1
.03 .04 .05 .06 .06
.76 1.02 1.40 1.50 1.50
1 1 1 1 1
19.1
.06
1.65
1
1.00
25.4
.07
1.78
1
1.6 to 12.7 3.2 to 25.4 4.8 to 50.4 9.5 to 101.6 12.7 to 114.3
.12 .19 .25 .50 .62
3.2 4.8 6.4 12.7 15.9
.03 .03 .04 .06 .06
.76 .89 1.02 1.50 1.57
1 1 1 1 1
5/8 to 5
15.9 to 127.0
.75
19.1
.06
1.65
1
7/8 to 6
22.2 to 152.4
1.00
25.4
.07
1.78
1
-40°F to 149°F (-40°C to 65°C)
-40°F to 365°F (-40°C to 180°C)
Reel packaging may contain splices. Contact Customer Service for further information. ‡TEFLON is a registered trademark of E. I. DuPont de Nemours, Co.
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C3.6
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
Part Number System for Grommet Edging GEE Type GE = Grommet Edging Strips
36 Max. Panel Thickness 36 = .036" thickness
62 GEE = Slotted 99 Grommet Edging 144 GES = Solid Grommet Edging 189
–
F
C
0
B1.Cable Ties
Material
Adhesive
Package Size
Color Suffix
F = Polyethylene
A = Adhesive Lined
Q = 25'
0 = Weather Resistant Black
L = 50'
Leave Blank = Natural
= .062" thickness
N = Nylon 6.6
= .099" thickness
FR = Flame Retardant Polyethylene
= .144" thickness
–
A
Leave Blank = Non-Adhesive
B2. Cable Accessories
C = 100' B3. Stainless Steel
= .189" thickness
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
Grommet Edging • Use product on irregularly shaped and round panel hole • Provided in .030" (.8mm) thick material making it highly flexible
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
B
A
Part Number
Width A In. mm
Height B In. mm
Material
Color
D1.Terminals
Panel Thickness Range In. mm
Std. Pkg. Qty.
Slotted GEE36F-C
.106
2.7
.117
3.0
Polyethylene
Natural
.026 – .036
0.7 – 0.9
1
GEE36F-C0
.106
2.7
.117
3.0
Weather Resistant Polyethylene
Black
.026 – .036
0.7 – 0.9
1
GEE62F-C
.131
3.3
.160
4.1
Polyethylene
Natural
.036 – .062
0.9 – 1.6
1
GEE62F-C0
.131
3.3
.160
4.1
Weather Resistant Polyethylene
Black
.036 – .062
0.9 – 1.6
1
GEE99F-C
.169
4.3
.186
4.7
Polyethylene
Natural
.062 – .099
1.6 – 2.5
1
GEE99F-C0
.169
4.3
.186
4.7
Weather Resistant Polyethylene
Black
.062 – .099
1.6 – 2.5
1
GEE144F-C
.213
5.4
.222
5.6
Polyethylene
Natural
.099 – .144
2.5 – 3.7
1
GEE144F-C0
.222
5.6
.222
5.6
Weather Resistant Polyethylene
Black
.099 – .144
2.5 – 3.7
1
GEE62F-A-C
.131
3.3
.160
4.1
Polyethylene
Natural
.036 – .062
.9 – 1.6
1
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C3.7
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
Grommet Edging (continued) B1.Cable Ties
GEE62F-A-C0
Width A In. mm .131 3.3
Height B In. mm .160 4.1
GEE99F-A-C
.169
4.3
.186
GEE99F-A-C0
.169
4.3
GEE144F-A-C
.213
5.4
Part Number B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
C3.8
Std. Pkg. Qty. 1
Material Weather Resistant Polyethylene
Color Black
4.7
Polyethylene
Natural
.062 – .099
1.6 – 2.5
1
.186
4.7
Weather Resistant Polyethylene
Black
.062 – .099
1.6 – 2.5
1
.222
5.6
Natural
.099 – .144
2.5 – 3.7
1
Black
.099 – .144
2.5 – 3.7
1
.026 – .036
.7 – .9
1
GEE144F-A-C0
.213
5.4
.222
5.6
GEE36FR-C
.106
2.7
.117
3.0
GEE62FR-C
.131
3.3
.160
4.1
GEE99FR-C
.169
4.3
.160
3.9
GEE144FR-C
.213
5.4
.222
5.9
GEE47N-C
.131
3.3
.14
3.5
GEE55N-C
.133
3.4
.14
GEE71N-C
.150
3.8
.14
GEE98N-C
.180
4.6
.14
3.5
GEE134N-C
.210
5.3
.14
3.5
GE318-L
.455
11.3
.255
6.5
GE255-L
.385
9.8
.240
6.1
GES36F-C
.106
2.8
.117
3.1
GES36F-C0
.106
2.8
.117
GES62F-C
.131
3.3
GES62F-C0
.131
3.3
GES99F-C
.169
GES99F-C0 GES144F-C
Polyethylene
.036 – .062
.9 – 1.6
1
.062 – .099
1.6 – 2.5
1
.099 – .144
2.5 – 3.7
1
.039 – .055
1.0 – 1.4
1
3.5
.047 – .063
1.2 – 1.6
1
3.5
.063 – .079
1.6 – 2.0
1
.091 – .106
2.3 – 2.7
1
.126 – .142
3.2 – 3.6
1
Natural
.255 –.318
6.5 – 8.1
50
Natural
.192 – .255
4.9 – 6.5
50
Polyethylene
Natural
.026 – .036
.7 – .9
1
3.1
Weather Resistant Polyethylene
Black
.026 – .036
.7 – .9
1
.160
4.1
Polyethylene
Natural
.036 – .062
.9 – 1.6
1
.160
4.1
Black
.036 – .062
.9 – 1.6
1
4.3
.186
4.8
Weather Resistant Polyethylene
Natural
.062 – .099
1.6 – 2.5
1
.169
4.3
.186
4.8
Black
.062 – .099
1.6 – 2.5
1
.213
5.4
.222
5.6
Polyethylene
Natural
.099 – .144
2.5 – 3.7
1
GES144F-C0
.213
5.3
.222
5.6
Weather Resistant Polyethylene
Black
.099 – .144
2.5 – 3.7
1
GES189F-C
.30
7.6
.300
7.6
Polyethylene
Natural
.144 – .189
3.7 – 4.8
1
GES189F-C0
.30
7.6
.300
7.6
Weather Resistant Polyethylene
Black
.144 – .189
3.7 – 4.8
1
GES62F-A-C
.131
3.3
.160
4.1
Polyethylene
Natural
.036 – .062
.9 – 1.6
1
GES62F-A-C0
.131
3.3
.160
4.1
Weather Resistant Polyethylene
Black
.036 – .062
.9 – 1.6
1
GES99F-A-C
.169
4.3
.186
4.8
Natural
.062 – .099
1.6 – 2.5
1
GES99F-A-C0
.169
4.3
.186
4.8
Black
.062 – .099
1.6 – 2.5
1
Natural
.099 – .144
2.5 – 3.7
1
Black
.099 – .144
2.5 – 3.7
1
.026 – .036
.7 – .9
1
.036 – .062
.9 – 1.6
1
.062 – .099
1.6 – 2.5
1
.099 – .144
2.5 – 3.7
1
Flame Retardant Polyethylene
Natural
Nylon 6.6
Solid
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
Panel Thickness Range In. mm .036 – .062 .9 – 1.6
GES144F-A-C
.213
5.3
.222
5.6
GES144F-A-C0
.213
5.3
.222
5.6
GES36FR-C
.106
2.8
.117
3.1
GES62FR-C
.131
3.3
.160
4.1
GES99FR-C
.169
4.3
.186
4.8
GES144FR-C
.213
5.3
.222
5.6
Polyethylene
Flame Retardant Polyethylene
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Natural
Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS A. System Overview
Grommet Edging (continued)
Part Number
Width A In. mm
Height B In. mm
Material
Color
Panel Thickness Range In. mm
Std. Pkg. Qty.
Military Standard MS21266 in 12 3/4" lengths GE52-C
.150
3.8
.155
3.9
Nylon 6.6
.015 – .052
.4 – 1.3
100
GE52-C69
.150
3.8
.155
3.9
Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6
.015 – .052
.4 – 1.3
100
GE85-C
.175
4.5
.155
3.9
Nylon 6.6
.052 – .085
1.3 – 2.2
100
GE85-C69
.175
4.5
.155
3.9
Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6
.052 – .085
1.3 – 2.2
100
GE128-C
.220
5.6
.155
3.9
Nylon 6.6
GE128-C69
.220
5.6
.155
3.9
Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6
GE192-L
.325
8.3
.230
5.8
GE192-L69
.325
8.3
.230
GE380-Q
.515
13.1
GE510-Q
.640
16.3
.085 – .128
2.2 – 3.3
100
.085 – .128
2.2 – 3.3
100
Nylon 6.6
.128 – .192
3.3 – 4.9
50
5.8
Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6
.128 – .192
3.3 – 4.9
50
.255
6.5
Nylon 6.6
.318 – .380
8.1 – 9.7
25
.255
6.5
Nylon 6.6
.380 – .510
9.7 – 13.0
25
Natural
B1.Cable Ties
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C3.9